AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS INC/UT
10-K, 1998-04-14
TELEPHONE INTERCONNECT SYSTEMS
Previous: PUTNAM FUNDS TRUST, 497, 1998-04-14
Next: REALITY INTERACTIVE INC, DEF 14A, 1998-04-14



                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL  REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF
    1934.

For Fiscal Year Ended: December 31, 1997

OR

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT
    OF 1934.

For the transition period from ____________ to ___________.

Commission file number        0-27580

                           AvTel Communications, Inc.
                           --------------------------
                       (Name of Registrant in Its Charter)

        Delaware                            87-0378021
        --------                            ----------
(State or Other Jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)           Identification No.)

501 Bath Street, Santa Barbara, CA             93101
- -----------------------------------            -----
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)      (Zip Code)

                           (805) 685-0355
                           --------------
           (Issuer's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Act:  None.

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock Par Value $0.01
- -----------------------------
(Title of class)

     Indicated by check mark  whether the issuer (1) filed all reports  required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the past 12 months
(or for such  shorter  period  that the  registrant  was  required  to file such
reports),  and (2) has been subject to such filing  requirements for the past 90
days. Yes X No
   -----    -----

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of  Regulation  S-K is not  contained in this form  herein,  and will not be
contained,  to the  best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information  statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

     The  aggregate  market  value  of the  Registrant's  Common  Stock  held by
non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $29,173,500,  computed at the
average bid and asked price of such Common Stock as of March 13, 1998.


APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS

     As of March 15,  1998,  there  were  9,522,247  shares of the  Registrant's
Common Stock, par value $0.01, issued and outstanding, excluding treasury stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     The information required by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12 and 13) of Form 10-K
is  incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  definitive  Proxy Statement
relating to its annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held on or about May 28,
1998,  which will be filed with the Commission  within 120 days after the end of
the Registrant's fiscal year.



                                        1




<PAGE>





TABLE OF CONTENTS


Item Number                                                  Page Number

PART I

1.  Business                                                       3

2.  Properties                                                    12

3.  Legal Proceedings                                             12

4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders           12



PART II

5.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters      13

6.  Selected Financial Data                                       14

7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations                           16

7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about
    Market Risk                                                   22

8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                   22

9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on
    Accounting and Financial Disclosure                           22


PART III

10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant            22

11. Executive Compensation                                        22

12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
    Management                                                    23

13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                23

14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
    Reports on Form 8-K                                           23




                                        2



<PAGE>
                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS


INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT
- ----------------------

     THIS  ANNUAL  REPORT ON FORM  10-K  CONTAINS  "FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS"
WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
"SECURITIES  ACT") AND SECTION 21E OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,  AS
AMENDED (THE "EXCHANGE  ACT").  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS ARE STATEMENTS OTHER
THAN  HISTORICAL  INFORMATION  OR STATEMENTS OF CURRENT  CONDITION AND RELATE TO
FUTURE   EVENTS  OR  THE   FUTURE   FINANCIAL   PERFORMANCE   OF  THE   COMPANY.
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES,  SUCH AS STATEMENTS
OF THE COMPANY'S  STRATEGIES,  PLANS,  OBJECTIVES,  EXPECTATIONS,  ESTIMATES AND
INTENTIONS.  SOME  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  MAY BE IDENTIFIED BY USE OF SUCH
TERMS AS "BELIEVES," "ANTICIPATES," "INTENDS" OR "EXPECTS." THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL
RESULTS   MAY  DIFFER   SIGNIFICANTLY   FROM  THE  RESULTS   DISCUSSED   IN  THE
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS.  THE COMPANY  UNDERTAKES  NO OBLIGATION TO PUBLICLY
UPDATE OR REVISE  ANY  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS,  WHETHER  AS A RESULT OF NEW
INFORMATION,  FUTURE EVENTS OR OTHERWISE. THE CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS
ANNUAL REPORT SHOULD BE READ AS BEING APPLICABLE TO ALL RELATED  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS WHEREVER THEY APPEAR IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT.

BACKGROUND
- ----------

General

     AvTel  Communications,  Inc.  (the  "Company"  or "AvTel") is a provider of
broadband  network  services  integrating  voice,  data and video  solutions for
individuals and corporate customers. The Company sells and markets a broad range
of  telecommunications  and advanced network services through  independent value
added  resellers and internal  direct sales  professionals.  The Company targets
mid-size  corporations,   small-office  home-office   professionals  and  select
residential market segments.

    The  Company was  formerly a Utah  corporation.  On  December  1, 1997,  the
Company  merged  with  and  into  its  wholly-owned  Delaware  subsidiary,  thus
effecting  the  Company's  reincorporation  in  Delaware  (the  "Reincorporation
Merger").  The conversion of the Company's stock in the  Reincorporation  Merger
resulted in an effective  one-for-four  reverse stock split, which was effective
on December 1, 1997 (the "Reverse  Stock  Split").  All share and option numbers
and prices set forth  herein have been  adjusted  to reflect  the Reverse  Stock
Split.

History

     The Company was  incorporated on October 31, 1981, but did not commence its
current business until February, 1995 when it acquired, through a subsidiary, an
80% interest in The Friendly Net, LLC ("TFN") a Utah limited liability  company.
TFN is a  Utah-based  Internet  Service  Provider  ("ISP").  The  remaining  20%
interest in TFN was acquired by the Company in March 1997.

     Prior to October 23, 1996, the Company conducted  operations under the name
"Hi, Tiger International, Inc.". The name change was effected in connection with
the Company's  acquisition  of AvTel  Holdings,  Inc., a California  corporation
("AHI")  on that  date.  As a result  of the  acquisition  of AHI,  the  Company
implemented  a  complete   change  in  its  Board  of  Directors  and  executive
management,  began to pursue several  acquisitions  and strategic  alliances and
started development of a sales and operational  strategy to position the Company
as a  telecommunications  carrier  providing a comprehensive  array of broadband
voice and data network services.

     The  acquisition  of  AHI  was  effected   pursuant  to  the  merger  of  a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company with and into AHI (the "AHI Merger") as a
result of which the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding  capital
stock of AHI in  exchange  for  1,063,127  shares of the Company  Common  Stock,
representing  approximately  61% of the issued and  outstanding  Company  Common
Stock  after  giving  effect  to the AHI  Merger,  and  250,000  shares of newly
authorized  shares of the Company's  Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock. For
accounting  purposes,  the acquisition was treated as a reverse acquisition with
AHI as the acquirer.

                                        3
<PAGE>

     In November, 1996, the Company acquired Silicon Beach Communications,  Inc.
("SBC"),  a  privately  held  California  corporation  that serves as an ISP and
provides software development services. In February,  1997, the Company acquired
all the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of WestNet  Communications,  Inc.
("WNI"), a Ventura,  California ISP.  Following  completion of this acquisition,
the Company began to integrate the customer bases,  network facilities and other
operations of SBC and WNI in order to achieve desired efficiencies and economies
of scale.

     On  December  1,  1997,  the  Company  acquired  Matrix  Telecom,  Inc.,  a
privately-held  Texas  corporation  ("Matrix")  by  means of a share  for  share
exchange (the "Share Exchange"). Matrix is a provider of long distance telephone
services.  See "Background - Acquisition of Matrix" below.  The  Reincorporation
Merger and the Reverse  Stock Split were  conditions to the closing of the Share
Exchange.

Acquisition of Matrix.

     AvTel and Matrix  entered into a Stock Exchange  Agreement  dated April 29,
1997, and subsequently amended (the "Exchange Agreement"), pursuant to which the
persons or entities who owned the issued and outstanding  common stock of Matrix
("Matrix  Stockholders")  would transfer to AvTel all of their Matrix stock and,
in exchange,  AvTel would issue to the Matrix Stockholders shares of the AvTel's
Common Stock (the "Share  Exchange").  The Share Exchange was completed pursuant
to the terms of the Exchange Agreement on December 1, 1997.  Following the Share
Exchange, the former Matrix Stockholders now own approximately 81% of the issued
and  outstanding  Common  Stock of the Company.  For  accounting  purposes,  the
acquisition was treated as a reverse acquisition with Matrix as the acquirer.

      In connection with the completion of the Share Exchange,  the Matrix Stock
Holders and the Company entered into a Registration  Rights and Lockup Agreement
dated  December  1, 1997  (the  "Registration  Rights  and  Lockup  Agreement").
Pursuant to the Registration  Rights and Lockup  Agreement,  certain persons and
entities who hold an aggregate of 67.4% of the  outstanding  Matrix Common Stock
(85.2% of the outstanding Matrix Common Stock,  excluding the shares held by New
Best Connections Inc., a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Matrix; "Best") agreed, for
a two-year period commencing on the closing of the Share Exchange, not to offer,
pledge,  sell, or otherwise  dispose of any shares of the Company issued to them
pursuant to the terms of the Exchange  Agreement.  The Matrix  Stockholders  who
have  agreed to this  two-year  lockup  period are Ronald L.  Jensen,  his adult
children  (James J. Jensen,  Jami J. Jensen,  Janet Jensen  Krieger,  Jeffrey J.
Jensen, and Julie J. Jensen),  and United Group  Association,  Inc. and UA Plus,
Inc. (which are controlled by Mr.
Jensen and his adult children).

     The Registration  Rights and Lockup Agreement requires that the Company use
its best efforts to become  listed on the NASDAQ  SmallCap  Market or the NASDAQ
National  Market and to file a shelf  registration  statement  providing for the
sale by the Matrix  Stockholders of all securities  issued to them in connection
with the Exchange Agreement, subject to the two-year holding restriction imposed
on certain of the Matrix  Stockholders  described above.  Under the Registration
Rights  and Lockup  Agreement,  the  Company  is  obliged to use its  reasonable
efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective on a continuous basis
for a period described in the Registration  Rights and Lockup Agreement.  If the
Company's  securities are not listed on the NASDAQ SmallCap Market or the NASDAQ
National  Market  within six months  following  the Closing or if the Company is
unable to qualify for use of a shelf registration  statement within such period,
the Matrix Stockholders  (other than those subject to the two-year  restriction)
are entitled to demand that the Company register the AvTel Common Stock received
by them in connection with the Share Exchange on any registration statement then
available to the Company.  The Matrix  Stockholders may also require the Company
to undertake up to two additional demand registrations of their securities.  All
costs  and  expenses  of both  shelf and  demand  registrations  (excluding  any
underwriting  discounts and fees of counsel to the Matrix  Stockholders) will be
borne by the Company.

     Pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement,  Barry A. Peters and Frank
Dziuba resigned as directors of the Company  immediately prior to the completion
of the Share Exchange.  Also pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, on
December  1, 1997,  John E.  Allen,  Ronald W.  Howard and  Gregory T. Mutz were
appointed to fill vacancies on the Company's Board of Directors.



                                        4
<PAGE>

BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
- ------------------------

     As noted  above,  the Company is a provider of broadband  network  services
integrating  voice,  data and video  solutions  for  individuals  and  corporate
customers. The Company sells and markets a broad range of telecommunications and
advanced network services through independent value added resellers and internal
direct  sales   professionals.   The  Company  targets  mid-size   corporations,
small-office  home-office  professionals and select  residential market segments
through  two primary  business  units;  Business  Network  Services  ("BNS") and
Consumer Markets.

Business Network Services

     BNS targets mid-size corporate customers for their broadband data and voice
network needs. Leading this sales strategy, the Company's objective is to become
the underlying  telecommunications  carrier for the transport of data, voice and
video  traffic  over  various wide area  network  configurations  and  protocol.
Through a value-added  sales  process,  BNS designs,  provisions and manages its
customers' networks.  BNS will provide a host of additional value added services
assisting its customers create enhanced intranet and extranet applications.  The
Company  believes its strategy to focus on the corporate  customer for wide-area
network  ("WAN")  and  global-area  network  ("GAN")  needs  offers  significant
opportunity.  BNS  cross-markets  to its customer base a variety of  traditional
telecommunications  products  and  services  such  as  long  distance  telephone
service, executive calling cards and wireless paging.

     Industry.  Information  technology  is fast  becoming the driving  force in
telecommunications. The Company's BNS strategy is driven by corporate end users'
needs for network  connectivity  as a result of new  software  applications  and
technology  advancements  developed in the information technology arena. This is
becoming a critical element in the ability of businesses, professional and other
organizations to improve  productivity and lower costs. This can be accomplished
through the use of a variety of  telecommunications  services,  including branch
office,  remote  office and  telecommuter  networking  ("intranets")  as well as
providing  network  access  to  customers,   vendors,   financial   institutions
("extranets") and the Internet. While management expects that these factors will
result in an increased market demand for these services, there are no assurances
regarding  the size of such  demand  or that the  Company  will be  selected  to
provide its services in response to such demand.

     Strategy.  The  implementation  of this strategy  involves the creation and
marketing of products and services designed for business applications under BNS.
BNS is developing and implementing  sales and marketing  strategies which result
in monthly,  recurring revenues from networking  customers under multi-year term
agreements.  The group's primary sales channel is an agent program through which
BNS  distributes  its  services  through  value  added  resellers   ("VARs")  of
information   technology   products.   BNS  leverages   the  existing   customer
relationships of these channel partners gaining more immediate access to a wider
group of  prospective  customers and greater  credibility  in the sales process.
Additionally,  this  VAR  channel  becomes  the  service  organization  for  BNS
customers  requiring on-site repair and maintenance  visits.  BNS also deploys a
direct sales force, targeting specific niche industries.  However, this strategy
is in its formative stages and the Company is recruiting,  hiring,  training and
developing the personnel  resources  necessary to manage and staff the sales and
marketing  efforts.  Delays or other difficulties in these recruitment and other
activities  could  adversely   affect  the  Company's   ability  to  timely  and
effectively implement these revenue-generating objectives.

     Internetworking.  At an increasing rate,  business,  professional and other
organizations  are seeking to inter-network  their local area networks  ("LANs")
and WANs to share  information and computing  resources for applications such as
e-mail, transaction processing, the sharing of databases, multi-site engineering
and product  development  and  electronic  image  transfer.  The  communications
traffic of many  organizations  has grown  steadily  during the past two decades
leading  to  enterprise-wide  networks  facilitating  rapid and  efficient  data
communications   between  work  groups,   departments   and  branch   locations.
Additionally,  a shift to  enterprise-wide  remote  access has  occurred  due to
increased  business  mobility,  increased  telecommuting,  reduced  cost  of WAN
services and widespread adoption of remote access standards. Internet and remote
access  devices  extend the  organization  network  beyond  the  branch  office,
bringing remote users closer to the enterprise and permitting  connection to the
corporate LAN so users can work  anywhere,  any time.  Users can access  e-mail,
databases and servers as if they were in the corporate office.

                                        5
<PAGE>

     The Company  believes  that, as a result of these shifts,  internetworking,
the method used for interconnecting  networks,  has been undergoing rapid growth
over the past ten years.  This is reflected in the  significant  growth in sales
and distribution of routers, remote access servers,  intranet software and other
various  components  that  enable  internetworking.  As the  computing  paradigm
migrates to client-server  architectures,  enterprise-wide  networks allow those
technologies  to  be  implemented.   The  Company's   strategy   recognizes  the
opportunity  to bridge  the gap  between  telecom  and  computer  providers  and
simplify networking complexities by becoming a single point of contact.

     Connectivity  and  Bandwidth.  The  Company  believes  that  communications
requirements  such as bandwidth  availability  and network  design are replacing
computer  requirements  such as processor speed,  memory or operating systems as
the delimiting factors for business  applications.  Video  conferencing,  remote
patient  diagnostics  with medical  imaging and  telecommuting  are all business
applications  in which the success of the deployment is defined by the available
bandwidth.  The ultimate realization of this trend is the World-Wide Web ("WWW")
and   applications   developed   with   Internet-specific   tools  such  as  SUN
Microsystems'  Java. These Web applications are computer  platform and operating
system  independent  but depend  entirely  upon  connectivity  and bandwidth for
successful deployment and execution.

     As a result,  connectivity is becoming one of the most important factors in
enhancing  business  productivity and customer service.  Large corporations have
historically  created private wide area networks  through leased  dedicated data
lines. However,  dedicated point-to-point  facilities have several deficiencies:
leased lines are very expensive;  remote offices and  telecommuters are omitted;
and leased lines are not suited for unscheduled and asynchronous communications.
Accordingly,  small and medium size  companies  that have sought the benefits of
internetworking  have been  required to use modems and dial-up  telephone  lines
which are generally too slow to handle today's applications.

     Growing demands for high speed capabilities have given way to the emergence
of new carrier-based data communication services to overcome the deficiencies of
both  dedicated  leased and dial-up  lines.  WAN  solutions  vary  substantially
depending on an organization's  size and  communications  needs.  Traditionally,
wideband  digital  transmission  circuits (such as T1 and DS-1) were leased from
public  carriers to provide  voice,  fax and data  communications  links between
larger  offices  and low speed  leased  lines  (such as DS-O) for branch  office
connectivity.  For some  applications,  however,  this has proven  expensive and
inefficient because the entire bandwidth capacity is dedicated 24 hours per day,
whether or not it is used.

     The birth of "packet" based services such as X.25 were developed to address
the  issue of  allocation  and  utilization.  Today,  "fast  packet"  networking
technologies  such as Frame Relay and  Asynchronous  Transfer  Mode ("ATM") have
emerged as an integrated, cost-effective,  flexible WAN solution. These networks
allow for "bandwidth on demand" between any two endpoints on a WAN.

Consumer Markets

     The   Company's   Consumer   Markets  group   targets   home-based   office
professionals  and select  residential  customers  primarily  for  domestic  and
international long distance telephone services, wireless paging, 800 numbers and
calling  cards.  This group sells its portfolio of services  through third party
distributors such as agent  organizations  and affiliate groups.  These products
and services are marketed under the MatrixTM brand name and provided through the
Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Matrix.

     Additionally,  the  Consumer  Markets  group  sells  and  markets  Internet
services to business and residential  customers in select geographic  locations.
Through the Company's  Internet service  subsidiaries,  the Company services the
areas of San Luis Obispo,  Santa Barbara and Ventura  counties in California and
Salt Lake City, Utah. The Company's Internet service subsidiaries cross-market a
variety of products and  services  including  WAN  connectivity,  software,  Web
development and long distance telephone service.

     The Consumer  Markets  group  provides  long  distance  telephone and other
services to customers in 49 states. The Company is fully certified or registered
in all states where  required  and operates  under  Section 214  authority  from
Federal Communications  Commission ("FCC"). The Company,  through a wholly owned
subsidiary has a national-deployed  Carrier Identification Code ("CIC"). The CIC
permits the  Company to market to  subscribers  of other  carriers by having the
customer  dial the CIC  directly,  a process,  which is known in the industry as
"casual calling."

                                        6
<PAGE>

     MatrixTM  services are primarily  marketed  through  direct mail,  outbound
telemarketing and a network of over 6,000 independent  agents.  Sales consist of
both long distance telephone service,  for which the customer must select Matrix
as its long distance carrier,  and casual calling.  Products consist of services
which have fixed  charges for either "peak" and "off peak"  periods,  or a "flat
rate" which is the same 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Products which follow the
"peak-off peak" structure generally have slightly higher charges during the day,
and lower charges during the nights and weekends, than "flat rate" products, and
are often more  attractive to residential  subscribers who place the majority of
their long distance calls during "off peak" periods.

     The Consumer  Markets group sells through agent  distributors  with a niche
orientation such as ethnic focus and home based professionals. These independent
agent groups are provided with a variety of value-added  support  services which
include: in-house multi-lingual Customer Service department open 24 hours a day,
7 days a  week;  direct  electronic  provisioning  to  local  exchange  carriers
("LECs"); and custom billing and management reports.

Operations and Support

     Customer Service Center.  The Company's  inbound customer service center is
designed to provide the Company's customer base with a high-level of service and
support. Customer Service Representatives ("CSRs") are available 24 hours a day,
7 days a week in order to answer inquiries  generated by the Company's marketing
campaigns, as well as to support existing customers.  CSRs are trained to answer
a broad  range of  inquiries  from  prospective  customers  relating to service,
pricing,  and optional  features.  In addition to  competitive  rates and a wide
variety of products,  the Company is able to offer  business  customers a highly
specialized  direct bill summary package that includes call summaries by account
code,  department,  employee,  project,  client,  area code,  country code,  and
time-of-day.  Customer  call  management  reports are  available in a variety of
media formats.

     The Company's call centers are equipped with state-of-the-art  computer and
telecommunications  technology.  Incoming  calls are managed with the help of an
automatic call distributor and an automated attendant.  Such a system allows for
management  of call queue  time,  the  formation  of  distinct  work  groups for
different projects, and on-line monitoring of customer service calls for quality
assurance purposes. Bilingual CSRs are available during day and evening shifts.

     Billing and  Information  Systems.  The Company has  dedicated  substantial
resources to its  management  information  systems.  The  Company's  information
systems  enable the Company to (i) monitor and respond to the evolving  needs of
its  customers  by  developing  new  and  customized   services;   (ii)  provide
sophisticated  billing information that can be tailored to meet the requirements
of its customer  base;(iii)  provide high quality customer service;  (iv) detect
and  minimize  fraud;  (v) verify  payables  to  suppliers;  and (vi)  integrate
additions to its customer base. In addition, the Company has complete facilities
for rating,  formatting and distributing  direct bills to its larger  commercial
subscribers. Small business customers may receive either a direct or a LEC bill,
depending upon the services provided to the customer.

     Through its  wholly-owned  Matrix  subsidiary,  the Company has invested in
call rating,  billing,  and customer service  infrastructure.  In addition,  the
Company holds billing and collection  agreements with LECs, including all of the
Regional Bell Operating  Companies  ("RBOCs"),  and  Independent  Local Exchange
Companies ("ILECs").  These billing agreements permit the Company to include its
billing  on  the  customer's   local  telephone  bill.  The  Company's   billing
information systems and services also allows it to provide direct bills to
customers.

     Strategic  Alliances  and Carrier  Agreements.  The  Company  has  executed
strategic  alliances with Sprint for its underlying voice carrier services,  LCI
International for data carrier services and GST for Internet backbone  services.
As noted above, the Company holds billing and collection  agreements with all of
the RBOCs and ILEC's. The Company has also executed a development agreement with
Prosoft I-Net Solutions to develop a specialized  training agreement designed to
educate  value-added  resellers of the Company's  services on the integration of
data, voice and video products.

                                        7
<PAGE>

     ACE  Certified  Engineer  Training  Program.  On March 16, 1998 the Company
announced the availability of its ACE Certified  Engineering  training  program.
The ACE program has been designed  specifically for value added resellers in the
telecommunications industry. The ACE program provides a complete curriculum over
a broad  range of  courses.  The  program  includes  four  tracks:  1) a general
overview of the telecommunications industry and technologies; 2) voice equipment
and  network  design;  3) data  communications  and network  design;  and 4) the
integration of voice,  video and data,  traffic design and network  engineering.
Each track is a technical course focusing on how to use,  engineer and integrate
proven and  leading-edge  voice,  video and data  networking  technologies.  The
complete program requires 128 hours of in-depth course work and labs.

Regulation

     The services  which the Company  provides,  either  directly or through its
subsidiaries,  are  subject  to  varying  degrees  of  federal,  state and local
regulation.  The FCC exercises jurisdiction over all facilities of, and services
offered by,  telecommunications  common carriers to the extent that they involve
the provision,  origination or  termination  of  jurisdictionally  interstate or
international  communications.  The state public  service  commissions  ("PSCs")
retain jurisdiction over jurisdictionally intrastate communications. The FCC and
relevant PSCs have the authority to regulate  interstate and  intrastate  rates,
respectively,  ownership of transmission facilities and the terms and conditions
under which Matrix's services are provided.

     In general,  neither the FCC nor the relevant  state PSCs  exercise  direct
oversight over cost  justification  for the Company's  services or the Company's
profit levels, but either or both may do so in the future.  However, the Company
is required by federal and state law and regulations to file tariffs listing the
rates, terms and conditions of services provided.  The Company generally is also
required  to  obtain  certification  from the  relevant  state  PSC prior to the
initiation  of  certain  intrastate  service,  and is  required  to  maintain  a
certificate  issued  by the FCC in  connection  with the  provision  of  certain
international services. Any failure to maintain proper federal and state tariffs
or  certification   or  any   difficulties  or  delays  in  obtaining   required
authorization could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Competition

     The telecommunications industry is highly competitive and affected by rapid
regulatory and  technological  change.  The Company  believes that the principal
competitive factors in its business include pricing,  customer service,  network
quality,  service  offerings  and the  flexibility  to adapt to changing  market
conditions. The Company's future success will depend in part upon its ability to
compete with AT&T,  MCI,  Sprint and other  carriers  (including  the RBOCs when
approved to enter the long distance  market) and other long distance  providers,
and  America  On-Line  and other  national  and local  ISPs,  many of which have
considerably greater financial and other resources than the Company.

Intellectual Property

     The Company uses several unregistered  trademarks as part of its networking
business,  including  PointStreamTM  and  FrameLinkTM,  which  it  may  seek  to
register.  Matrix has  registered  several  trademarks  for use in its marketing
materials.  The logo used by Matrix to market  its long  distance  service  is a
registered  trademark of Matrix.  While the Company  believes its trademarks are
important to its business, the Company does not believe that failure to register
its trademarks poses any material risk of infringement on its rights to use such
trademarks.

Employees

    As  of  March  15,  1998,  the  Company,  including  its  subsidiaries,  had
approximately 140 full-time employees. Approximately 76% of these employees were
leased from United Group Service  Center,  an entity  affiliated with certain of
the Company's principal  stockholders.  (See Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements). None of the employees of the Company are represented by a
union.  The  Company   supplements  its  work  force  from  time  to  time  with
contractors, administrative personnel through employment agencies, and part time
employees. The Company believes that it has good relations with its employees.

                                        8
<PAGE>

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
- -------------------

Board of Directors

      On January 5, 1998,  Ronald W. Howard  tendered his  resignation  from the
Company's  Board of  Directors.  On  January  9, 1998,  the Board  accepted  Mr.
Howard's  resignation  and elected Jeffrey J. Jensen to fill the vacancy created
by Mr. Howard's resignation.

Application for Listing on Nasdaq SmallCap Market

     On March 2, 1998, the Company filed an application to have its Common Stock
listed on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  The Company is  currently  pursuing its
application  and believes that it will be  successful in such listing.  However,
there can be no assurance that Nasdaq will accept the Common Stock for listing.

RISK FACTORS
- ------------

IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS,  OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL POSITION, THE
FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY,  IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER
INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS FORM 10-K. THE FOLLOWING  FACTORS,  AMONG OTHERS,
COULD AFFECT THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL FUTURE OPERATING  RESULTS AND COULD CAUSE SUCH
RESULTS TO DIFFER FROM THE RESULTS DISCUSSED IN ANY  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS
MADE BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY.

Operating Results Subject to Significant Fluctuations

     The Company's  quarterly  operating  results are difficult to forecast with
any degree of  accuracy  because a number of factors  subject  these  results to
significant   fluctuations.   As   a   result,   the   Company   believes   that
period-to-period  comparisons  of its  operating  results  are  not  necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.

Factors Influencing Operating Results, Including Revenues, Costs and Margins.

     The Company's revenues, costs and expenses have fluctuated significantly in
the past and are likely to continue to fluctuate  significantly in the future as
a result of numerous  factors.  The  Company's  revenues in any given period can
vary due to factors  such as call volume  fluctuations;  the addition or loss of
major  customers,   whether  through  competition,   merger,   consolidation  or
otherwise;   the  loss  of  economically  beneficial  routing  options  for  the
termination of the Company's traffic;  pricing pressure resulting from increased
competition;  and  technical  difficulties  with or  failures of portions of the
network used by the Company that impact the Company's ability to provide service
to or bill its customers.  The Company's cost of services and operating expenses
in any  given  period  can vary due to  factors  such as  fluctuations  in rates
charged by carriers to terminate  the Company's  traffic;  increases in bad debt
expense and reserves;  compensation expense resulting from stock options granted
by the  Company;  changes in the  Company's  sales  incentive  plans;  and costs
associated  with  changes  in  staffing  levels of sales,  marketing,  technical
support and  administrative  personnel.  In addition,  the  Company's  operating
results  can vary due to  factors  such as loss of  favorable  routing  options;
actions by regulatory entities; and general economic and political conditions.

Risks Inherent in Acquisition Strategy

     An important component of the Company's past growth has been to develop its
business  through  acquisitions.  This  growth  strategy  is  dependent  on  the
continued  availability  of suitable  acquisition  candidates  and  subjects the
Company to a number of risks.  Acquisitions may place significant demands on the
Company's  financial and management  resources,  as the process for  integrating
acquired operations presents a significant challenge to the Company's management
and may lead to  unanticipated  costs or a diversion of  management's  attention
from day-to-day operations. There can be no assurance that the

                                        9
<PAGE>

Company will be able to  successfully  integrate  any  acquisitions  made by the
Company in the future into  Company  operations.  Additionally,  the Company may
incur  unknown  liabilities  despite  management's  efforts to  investigate  the
operations of the acquired business.

Potential Adverse Effects of Government Regulation

     The  Company's  business  is  subject to various  federal  and state  laws,
regulations,  agency  actions  and court  decisions.  These  laws,  regulations,
actions and decisions may impose prior certification, notification, registration
and/or  tariff   requirements.   Certificates  of  authority  can  generally  be
conditioned,  modified or revoked by state regulatory authorities for failure to
comply with state laws and  regulations.  Fines and other  penalties,  including
revocation of a certificate of authority,  may be imposed.  In addition,  future
changes in any of these  sources  of  regulation  could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's  business,  operating  results and financial  condition.
Dependence on Key Personnel

     The Company's  success depends to a significant  degree upon the efforts of
senior  management  personnel,  in  particular,  Anthony E. Papa,  the Company's
Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  James P.  Pisani,  the  Company's
President  and Chief  Operating  Officer.  The Company  believes that its future
success  will  depend in large part upon its  continuing  ability to attract and
retain  highly  skilled   personnel.   Competition  for  qualified,   high-level
telecommunications  personnel is intense and there can be no assurance  that the
Company will be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel.  The loss
of the services of one or more of the Company's key individuals,  or the failure
to attract and retain other key personnel, could materially adversely affect the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition.

Significant Competition

     The  telecommunications  industry is intensely  competitive  and subject to
rapid  change.   The  Company's   competitors   include   facilities-based   and
non-facilities-based  providers, many of which have substantially more resources
than the Company.  Providers  compete on the basis of price,  customer  service,
transmission  quality,  breadth of service  offerings and value-added  services.
Additionally,   the  telecommunications   industry  is  in  a  period  of  rapid
technological  evolution,  marked by the introduction of competitive product and
service  offerings,  such as the  utilization of the Internet for  international
voice  and  data  communications.   The  Company  is  unable  to  predict  which
technological  development will challenge its competitive position or the amount
of expenditures will be required to respond to a rapidly changing  technological
environment.  The Company  believes that  competition will continue to increase,
placing  downward  pressure on prices.  Such pressure could adversely affect the
Company's  gross  margins  if the  Company  is not  able  to  reduce  its  costs
commensurate with such price reductions.

Need for Additional Capital to Finance Growth and Capital Requirements

     In the past, the Company's cash flow from operations has been sufficient to
meet its working capital and capital expenditure  requirements.  However,  there
can be no  assurance  that such cash from  operation  will  continue to meet the
Company's  requirements,  particularly  if  the  Company  obtains  one  or  more
attractive  opportunities to purchase the business or assets of another company.
In such event, the Company will need to raise additional  capital from equity or
debt sources.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to raise
such capital on favorable terms or at all.

Volatility of Stock Price

     To date the Common  Stock has been traded on Nasdaq's  Electronic  Bulletin
Board;  its trading  volume has been  variable,  but generally low. As a result,
relatively small trades may significantly  affect the market price of the Common
Stock.  The market price of the shares of Common Stock has been highly  volatile
since the public  announcement of the Share Exchange,  and may be  significantly
affected by factors such as actual or anticipated  fluctuations in the Company's
operating  results,  the announcement of potential  acquisitions by the Company,
changes in regulations, activities of the largest domestic

                                       10
<PAGE>

providers,  industry  consolidation  and mergers,  conditions  and trends in the
telecommunications  market,  adoption of new accounting  standards affecting the
telecommunications   industry,  changes  in  recommendations  and  estimates  by
securities  analysts,  general market conditions and other factors. In addition,
the stock market has from time to time experienced  significant price and volume
fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices for the shares of
emerging growth companies like the Company.  These broad market fluctuations may
adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common Stock.

Year 2000 Computer Program Failure

     A significant percentage of the software that runs most of the computers in
the United States  relies on two-digit  date codes to perform  computations  and
decision-making  functions.  Commencing  on  January  1,  2000,  these  computer
programs  may  fail  from  an  inability  to  interpret  date  codes   properly,
misinterpreting  "00" as the year 1900 rather  than 2000.  The Company is in the
process of  confirming  its belief that the Company's  billing,  credit and call
tracking  systems  are Year  2000  compliant  and do not use  programs  with the
two-digit  date code flaw.  At the same time,  a number of the  computers of the
Company's  vendors that interface with the Company's systems may run on programs
that have Year 2000 problems and may disrupt the Company's  billing,  credit and
tracking  systems.  Failure  of any of the  computer  programs  integral  to the
Company's  vendors  could  adversely  affect the Company's  business,  operating
results and financial  condition.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Forward-looking Statements

     Certain  statements   contained  in  this  Form  10-K,   including  without
limitation,   statements   containing  the  words   "believes,"   "anticipates,"
"intends,"  "expects" and words of similar import,  constitute  "forward-looking
statements"  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section
21E of the Exchange  Act.  Such  forward-looking  statements  involve  known and
unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and other  factors  that may  cause  the  actual
results,  performance or achievements of the Company to be materially  different
from any future  results,  performance or  achievements  expressed or implied by
such forward-looking  statements.  Such factors include, among others, those set
forth above.  GIVEN THESE  UNCERTAINTIES,  THE  STOCKHOLDERS  OF THE COMPANY ARE
CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.





                                       11



<PAGE>

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES


     The Company does not own any real  property.  The  Company's  new corporate
headquarters  location is approximately  7,000 square feet and is located at 501
Bath Street Santa Barbara, CA 93101. The Company leases these facilities under a
five-year  lease expiring in March 2003 (subject to certain renewal options held
by the  Company).  The  current  monthly  rent under the lease is  approximately
$12,000, on a "triple-net" basis. Matrix currently leases  approximately  24,050
square  feet of space for its  offices at 8721  Airport  Freeway in Fort  Worth,
Texas, pursuant to a lease agreement expiring on June 30, 2000. The monthly rent
(not including  electricity) is currently  approximately  $19,888.  TFN's office
location is approximately 1,100 square feet and is located at 350 West Broadway,
Suite  111,  Salt  Lake  City,  UT  84101.  TFN's  office  lease is  rented on a
month-to-month  basis at a monthly  rate of $1,400.  SBC's  office  location  is
approximately  3,441  square feet and is located at 104 West  Anapamu,  Suite C,
Santa Barbara 93101. SBC leases this space under a five-year lease,  expiring in
September  2001,  at a monthly rate of $4,645.  The Company  currently  plans to
relocate SBC's  operations and  consolidate  them in the Company's new corporate
headquarters  location in May 1998. The Company believes that it will be able to
terminate  its  obligations  with  respect to SBC's  current  space  without the
payment of  additional  consideration.  The  Company and its  subsidiaries  also
operate  points-of-presence  for the purpose of creating  local access points to
its network backbone.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. The
Company is not aware of  proceeding  against  the  Company  contemplated  by any
governmental authority.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

    The Company held a special meeting of its stockholders on November 20, 1997,
for the purposes of approving (i) the Exchange  Agreement and the acquisition of
Matrix by means of the Share Exchange, and (ii) the Agreement and Plan of Merger
that  effectuated  the  Reincorporation  Merger  and  the  Reverse  Stock  Split
(including  approval of the Company's Delaware  Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws).  Present at the meeting were  approximately  81.2% of the shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock  and  100% of the  shares  of the  Company's  Series  A
Preferred Stock outstanding as of the record date for the meeting. Both measures
were approved with 1,449,656 shares of the Common Stock  (representing  81.2% of
the Common  Stock  then  outstanding)  and all shares of the Series A  Preferred
Stock voting for, no shares of the Common Stock voting  against,  and 375 shares
of the Common Stock  abstaining.  (The numbers of shares of Common Stock in such
tally have been  adjusted  to reflect the Reverse  Stock  Split).  There were no
broker non-votes.





                                       12




<PAGE>

                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The  Company's  Common  Stock  is  traded  over-the-counter  on the  NASD's
Electronic  Bulletin  Board (the  "Bulletin  Board")  under the  trading  symbol
"AVCO".  There  is no  established  public  trading  market  for  the  Company's
Preferred  Stock.  The following high and low bid  information for the Company's
Common Stock was provided by various  market makers and on-line quote  reporting
services.  The quotations provided reflect inter-dealer  prices,  without retail
mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transactions.  All
prices have been adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.


Year ending December 31, 1996              High Bid           Low Bid
- -------------------------------            --------           -------

   First Quarter                           $ 3.50             $ 2.00
   Second Quarter                          $ 5.75             $ 3.00
   Third Quarter                           $ 4.00             $ 4.00
   Fourth Quarter                          $ 5.50             $ 2.00

Year ending December 31, 1997              High Bid           Low Bid
- -------------------------------            --------           -------

   First Quarter                           $ 3.50             $ 2.00
   Second Quarter                          $18.00             $ 3.13
   Third Quarter                           $19.00             $ 9.75
   Fourth Quarter                          $19.00             $ 7.00

     The number of  shareholders  of record of the  Company  Common  Stock as of
February  28, 1998,  was 190. At that date there were two record  holders of the
Company's Preferred Stock.

     The Company has applied to The Nasdaq  Stock  Market for  inclusion  of the
Common Stock on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market.  While management  believes that the
Company size,  shareholder  base and other factors will enable it to be included
on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market,  there are no assurances that this will occur, in
which  event the  trading in the  Company's  Common  Stock will  continue  to be
reported on the Bulletin Board.

     The Company has not paid any cash dividends to date and does not anticipate
paying  dividends  in the  foreseeable  future.  It is the present  intention of
management to utilize all available  funds for the  development of the Company's
business.  The  terms of the  Company's  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
prevent the payment of any dividend on the Company's Common Stock unless (i) all
cumulative dividends on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have been fully
paid,  and (ii) the  holders  of at least 50% of the  outstanding  shares of the
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have approved such dividend.

     On December  1, 1997,  the Company  issued  9,582,493  shares of its Common
Stock,  which were not registered  under the Securities  Act, in connection with
the Share Exchange;  1,999,997 of such shares are currently held by a subsidiary
of the Company as treasury stock. No underwriters  were used in this transaction
and  none of such  shares  were  issued  publicly.  The  Company  relied  on the
exemptions from registration  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and
Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated  thereunder.  The person  receiving  shares
were the 23 former  Matrix  shareholders.  The Company  also issued  options for
22,338  shares of Common  Stock to three  former  Matrix  optionholders  with an
exercise  price of $2.24 per share.  These  persons were and are believed by the
Company  to  possess  the  requisite  level  of  financial   sophistication  and
experience in order to qualify for such  exemptions.  The Company made available
to the recipients of such Common Stock all material  information with respect to
the Company and the Share Exchange. Each such person

                                       13
<PAGE>

signed an Exchange Statement containing appropriate  investment  representations
and  covenants.  The specific  details of the  issuances  were  disclosed in the
Company's  definitive  Proxy  Statement  dated October 31, 1997,  and as part of
relevant Form 8-K and Form 10-KSB filings.

     In July 1997, New Best Connections,  Inc. ("Best"), a subsidiary of Matrix,
issued options to purchase  Matrix Common Stock to __ individuals in recognition
of  their  past  services  to  Best,   Matrix  and  related  companies  (and  in
satisfaction  of certain  obligations of Best to  shareholders of Matrix who had
contributed  shares of Matrix stock to Best). As a result of the Share Exchange,
the shares of Matrix  Common Stock  subject to such options have been  converted
into 247,500 shares of the Company's  Common Stock.  The exercise price for such
options is $1.50 per share.  These  options have fully vested in the  respective
optionees;  however,  upon  exercise  the  shares  will be  subject  to  certain
significant restrictions on transfer. None of such options has been exercised as
of March 31, 1998. No underwriters  were or will be used in this connection with
these  options  and none of the shares  issuable  upon  exercise  will be issued
publicly.  The  Company  has  relied  and  will  rely  on  the  exemptions  from
registration  provided  by Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act and Rule 506 of
Regulation D promulgated thereunder.  The options are believed by the Company to
possess the requisite level of financial  sophistication and experience in order
to qualify  for such  exemptions.  The  Company  made  available,  and will make
available,  to the recipients of such Common Stock all material information with
respect to the Company.

     In June 1997,  Best  awarded  options to purchase  shares of Matrix  Common
Stock to  members  of its  outside  sales  force in  recognition  of their  past
services to Best,  Matrix and related  companies (and in satisfaction of certain
obligations  of Best to  shareholders  of Matrix who had  contributed  shares of
Matrix stock to Best). As a result of the Share  Exchange,  the shares of Matrix
Common Stock subject to such options have been converted  into 1,292,000  shares
of the Company's Common Stock. The exercise price for such options will be $1.50
per share.  The Company  will be required to register  such shares of its Common
Stock before such options can become exercisable.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

For accounting purposes,  the Share Exchange is treated as a reverse acquisition
of AvTel by Matrix. Accordingly, the Company's results of operations reflect the
operations  of  Matrix  prior to  December  1,  1997 and  reflect  the  combined
operations  of AvTel and Matrix  subsequent  to December 1, 1997.  The following
selected  operations  data of the Company for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996,  1995 and 1994 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997,  1996, 1995
and 1994 have been derived from the Company's (or  Matrix's)  audited  financial
statements.  The  selected  operations  data of the  Company  for the year ended
December 31,  1993,  and balance  sheet data as of December 31, 1993,  have been
derived from unaudited financial  statements of Matrix. These selected financial
data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the financial  statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere herein.


                                       14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

Statement of Operations Data:
<CAPTION>

                                                        Years ended December 31,

                                        1997         1996         1995         1994         1993
                                ------------   ----------  -----------   ----------  -----------
<S>                             <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>         <C> 

Revenues                        $ 51,389,080   71,558,295   64,289,718   59,551,307   40,568,307

Operating income (loss)          (10,757,960)   4,091,034    2,422,393      604,109     (397,804)

Net income (loss)                (10,191,720)   2,566,734   (2,440,493)     643,200     (474,797)

Proforma net loss per common
       share-basic and diluted         (1.23)         N/A          N/A          N/A          N/A


Cash dividends per common
       share                            --           --           --           --            N/A

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

Balance Sheet Data:
<CAPTION>

                                                           As of December 31,
                                        1997         1996         1995         1994         1993
                                ------------   ----------  -----------   ----------  -----------

<S>                             <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>  
Working capital (deficit)       $  5,570,657    6,066,620      206,071     (140,741)    (326,746)

Total assets                      18,724,850   20,338,404   17,580,694   14,957,279   11,167,630

Long term debt                          --           --           --           --           --

Stockholders' equity               7,809,048    7,861,883    3,539,522    2,372,333    1,729,133

</TABLE>

N/A - not applicable

Notes to Selected Financial Data of Matrix


(1) Matrix was  originally  formed May 29, 1990 as a Texas general  partnership.
The partners consisted of Matrix Communications, Limited ("MCL") a Texas limited
liability partnership and Onward and Upward, Inc. ("OUI").  Effective January 1,
1994,  the  partnership   was  dissolved.   Prior  to  the   dissolution,   cash
distributions  were made to OUI in  satisfaction  of its  partnership  interest.
Concurrent with the dissolution,  all remaining  tangible and intangible  assets
and liabilities of Matrix then owned by MCL were  transferred to Matrix Telecom,
Inc., a Texas  corporation.  Effective June 30, 1995, MCL was liquidated and its
sole  asset  (Matrix  capital  stock)  was  distributed  to  MCL's  partners  in
proportion to their ownership interests.

(2) Matrix  original  stock issuance  consisted of 100 common shares.  Effective
December  31,  1994, a 10 for 1 stock split was  declared.  Concurrent  with the
dissolution of MCL on June 30, 1995,  Matrix's then outstanding  1,000 shares of
common stock were canceled and 100,000 shares were  distributed to the prior MCL
partners in proportion to the ownership

                                       15
<PAGE>

interest in MCL.  Effective  March 10, 1997, a 18 for 1 stock split was declared
resulting in 3,484,260 shares being then  outstanding.  On December 1, 1997, the
Company effected the Reverse Stock Split as part of the Reincorporation  Merger,
and then  acquired  Matrix  through the issuance of  9,582,493  shares of Common
Stock (including 1,999,997 shares now held as treasury stock). All share amounts
have been restated to reflect the stock splits and share exchanges.

(3) In October 1995,  Matrix issued  2,405,499 shares of its common stock valued
at  $3,607,682  in  exchange  for all of the  outstanding  common  stock  of DNS
Communications,  Inc., a Houston based long distance reseller. Subsequent to the
acquisition,  the operations of DNS generated substantial losses. DNS's customer
churn rate and bad debts as well as projected  cash flows were  evaluated and as
of December 31, 1995 it was determined that the remaining  investment in the DNS
acquired customer base totaling approximately  $4,462,000 should be written off.
See note 2 to the Company's financial statements included elsewhere herein.

(4) Per share  amounts  are not  reflected  for  1996,  1995 and 1994 due to the
recapitalization  of the Company as a result of the reverse acquisition in 1997.
During 1993 the Company operated as a partnership.


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS


BACKGROUND
- ----------

     The  following   information   should  be  read  in  connection   with  the
consolidated  financial  statements  of the Company and related  notes  included
elsewhere in this report.

Share Exchange

     As described above under "Business -- Background -- Acquisition of Matrix,"
on  December  1,  1997,  AvTel and  Matrix  completed  the Share  Exchange.  For
accounting purposes,  the Share Exchange was treated as a reverse acquisition of
AvTel by  Matrix.  AvTel  was the  legal  acquirer  and  accordingly,  the Share
Exchange  was effected by the issuance of AvTel Common Stock in exchange for all
of the common stock then outstanding of Matrix.  In addition,  holders of Matrix
outstanding  stock options  received  non-qualified  stock options of AvTel. The
following  discussion of results of operations reflects the operations of Matrix
prior to December 1, 1997 and  reflects  the  combined  operations  of AvTel and
Matrix  subsequent to December 1, 1997.  Accordingly,  references to the Company
refer to  operations  of Matrix  prior to the Share  Exchange  and the  combined
operations of Matrix and AvTel subsequent to the Share Exchange.

     The  reverse  acquisition  of AvTel by Matrix was  accounted  for using the
purchase method of accounting.  In order to value the consideration given in the
Share  Exchange,  the  market  price  of  AvTel's  common  stock  for  a  period
immediately preceding the announcement of the Share Exchange was used. As of the
date of acquisition,  the Company  determined the fair value of the net tangible
and intangible  assets and  liabilities  acquired.  The underlying fair value of
AvTel's net assets was  substantially  less than the  indicated  market value of
AvTel's common and preferred stock.  Accordingly,  the Company recorded a charge
to income of $9.1 million immediately subsequent to the reverse

acquisition.

Acquisition of New Best Connections, Inc.

     Effective July 1, 1997, Matrix acquired New Best Connections, Inc., a Texas
corporation  ("Best"),  an affiliate  of Matrix  through  substantially  similar
common ownership, by means of a share-for-share  exchange. Best's primary assets
were cash of $211,000,  ownership of shares of Matrix common stock (subsequently
exchanged for 1,999,997

                                       16
<PAGE>

shares of AvTel Common Stock in the Share  Exchange),  and Best's  relationships
with the field force of sales agents.  The assets and  liabilities  of Best were
recorded at their  historical  cost,  which  approximated the fair value of such
assets as of July 1, 1997.

Acquisition and Disposition of DNS Communications, Inc.

     In October  1995,  Matrix  issued shares of its common stock valued at $3.6
million  in  exchange   for  all  of  the   outstanding   common  stock  of  DNS
Communications,  Inc.  ("DNS"),  a  Houston-based  long distance  reseller.  The
transaction was accounted for under the purchase  method.  The purchase price in
excess  of the  book  value of DNS net  assets  was  pushed  down to DNS and was
allocated  based upon the  estimated  fair  value of the assets and  liabilities
acquired at the date of acquisition.

     Subsequent to the acquisition,  the operations of DNS generated substantial
losses.  DNS's customer churn rate and bad debts as well as projected cash flows
were evaluated and as of December 31, 1995 it was determined  that the remaining
investment in the DNS acquired customer base totaling approximately $4.4 million
should be written off.

     In June 1996, Matrix sold the customer base acquired in the DNS acquisition
in  addition  to  certain  blocks of  customers  acquired  during  1995 and 1996
together  with  related  assets  to a  former  officer  of  Matrix  and a former
shareholder of DNS for  approximately  $5.2 million.  Matrix  recorded a gain on
this sale of approximately $3.2 million.

     Due to the timing of the  acquisition  and subsequent  decision to sell the
operations of DNS, Matrix has recorded its interest in DNS operations  using the
equity method of accounting.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ---------------------

Year Ended December 31, 1997 compared with Year Ended December 31, 1996

Revenue

     Revenue for the year ended  December  31, 1997,  decreased  28.1 % or $20.1
million to $51.4  million  from $71.5  million for the year ended  December  31,
1996.  The decrease in revenue  resulted  primarily from decreases in sales from
three significant sales channels,  all of which were affiliated with the Company
through substantially common ownership.  These sales channels were a distributor
selling via telemarketing,  a distributor  focusing on the casual or dial-around
customer, and a DNS distributor of long distance services. The relationship with
the DNS distributor  was terminated  resulting from the sale of the DNS customer
bases in June of 1996.

     The  Company  in 1997  chose to reduce  its focus on the  promotion  of the
casual or dial-around  customer due to the  significant  costs of direct mailing
and bad debt associated with this product.  Reduced sales from the telemarketing
distributor  resulted  from the erosion of the retail  pricing in the market for
the  residential  consumer.  Pricing  continued  to  decline  during  1997,  and
attrition from a maturing  customer base resulted in losing  customers on higher
gross margin products.  Attrition rates  associated with long distance  products
are a normal industry occurrence;  however, methods of calculation differ within
the industry.

     The Company has sought to reduce its risk from reliance on a small group of
distributors,  and has refocused to obtain multiple  revenue sources external to
the Company. New distributors have significantly contributed to the mix in 1997.
1997 sales from sources other than the Company's  primary 1996 distributors have
increased more than 20%.



                                       17
<PAGE>

     Additionally,  the  combination  of AvTel and Matrix has added  significant
growth  opportunities  for the Company in 1998.  AvTel sells and markets a broad
range of  telecommunications  and advanced network services through  independent
value  added   resellers  and  internal   direct  sales   professionals.   AvTel
capabilities  include the provisioning of broadband network services integrating
voice, data and video solutions. The Company has positioned itself to be a fully
integrated telecom provider focusing on the mid-size corporations in addition to
continuing  to  provide  value  added  services  to small  business  owners  and
residential  consumers  in niche  marketing  areas.  Revenue  from  prior  AvTel
operations  has been  included in the  Company's  financial  results  only since
December 1, 1998.  AvTel  revenues for the eleven months ended November 30, 1997
were approximately $2.6 million.

Gross margin

     Gross margin  decreased $8.7 million in 1997, to $15.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997 from $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1996.
As a percentage of net sales gross margin  decreased  3.9% to 29.5% for the year
ended  December 31, 1997 from 33.4% for the year ended  December  31, 1996.  Two
primary factors contributed to the decrease in gross margin in 1997.

     First, due to increasing competitive market demands, the Company was forced
to continue  decreasing  its retail rates in 1997 to meet the  competitive  rate
reductions;  however, the underlying carrier costs to the Company did not change
due to contractual commitments.  Accordingly, cost of network as a percentage of
revenue increased reflecting a lower gross margin in 1997 over 1996. The Company
believes  that its  network  costs  will  decrease  in 1998  due to new  carrier
contracts negotiated since the end of 1997.

     Second,  bad debt as a percentage of revenue increased  approximately 2% in
1997,  primarily resulting from increased bad debt associated with the casual or
dial-around  product.  The  majority of the  Company's  revenues  are billed and
collected from the Local Exchange Carriers ("LECs"),  with which the Company has
agreements.  Collection  policies and  aggressiveness  in collection  procedures
differ among the LECs.  The Company  experienced  significant  sales growth in a
geographical location in which the LECs' bad debt percentages were significantly
higher than other LECs. The LECs bad debt  percentages are typically higher than
those experienced by the Company's internal collectors for those customers being
direct billed.  The Company  anticipates its percentage of customers billed on a
direct basis to increase in 1998, as the Company  attempts to decrease its costs
related to bad debts.

Selling, general, and administrative costs

     The Company's selling,  general,  and  administrative  costs decreased $2.6
million in 1997 from 1996. As a percentage of revenue, such costs increased 5.1%
to 31.4% for the year ended  December  31,  1997  compared to 26.3% for the year
ended December 31, 1996. This increase  resulted  primarily from the decrease in
revenues  causing the expense as a percentage  of revenue to  increase.  Certain
changes are more fully described below.

     Certain selling,  general, and administrative costs related to the addition
of AvTel  operations to Matrix  subsequent  to the  effective  date of the Share
Exchange,  December 1, 1997,  amounted  to  approximately  $286,000,  accounting
for.56% of the increase as a percentage  of revenues in 1997 over 1996.  Selling
costs related to direct  mailing to the casual or  dial-around  customer  (which
were absorbed by the sales distributor in 1996) were  approximately  $605,000 in
1997,  accounting  for 1.18% of the increase as a percentage of revenues in 1997
over 1996. Salary expenses increased  approximately  $651,000 between the years,
or 3.76% as a percentage of revenues in 1997 over 1996, resulting primarily from
integration  of AvTel  employees  subsequent  to the Share  Exchange and certain
sales and marketing personnel in 1997.

     Billing  and  collection   fees  and  distributor   commissions   decreased
approximately  $3.9 million,  or 1.82% as a percentage of revenues.  Most of the
new products sold in 1997 were direct billed. As the percentage of direct billed
customers increase,  billing and collection fees have decreased.  Similarly,  as
sales of certain  products having a higher  commission  structure have declined,
commission expense has also declined.

                                       18
<PAGE>

     Certain  regulatory  and  professional  services  increased   approximately
$266,000,  or 1.22% as a percentage of revenues in 1997 over 1996.  Carrier fees
specific to  telecommunication  providers  upon reaching  certain  thresholds of
customers  were met in the last half of the year in 1996;  therefore,  increased
fees in 1997 resulted from being charged the fees for a full year.  Professional
fees  increased  in 1997  over  1996  for two  primary  reasons.  First,  due to
increased market demands for information  systems  programmers,  the Company was
forced  to  secure  external  contractors.  Second,  certain  telemarketing  and
verification costs associated with the sales process increased in 1997 primarily
resulting  from the  sales  distributor  absorbing  these  costs in 1996.  Other
selling,  general and administrative costs decreased  approximately  $213,000 in
1997. As a percentage of revenue,  these costs  increased .81% in 1997 over 1996
due to decreasing revenues.

Acquisition-related writeoff

     The $9.1 million  write off relates to the Share  Exchange and is discussed
under "Background" above.

Depreciation and Amortization

     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased  approximately $314,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1997,  compared to the year ended December 31, 1996,
resulting primarily from older assets becoming fully depreciated.

Interest expense and other income, net

     Interest expense decreased  $219,000 to $12,000 for the year ended December
31, 1997 from  $231,000  for the year ended  December  31,  1996.  The  decrease
resulted  from  reduced  borrowings  in 1997  compared to 1996.  The Company had
sufficient  cash  from  operations  to  meet  operating   expenses  and  capital
expenditures.  Other income net of other  expenses  increased  more than 11% for
1997 over 1996 primarily  resulting from increases in interest  earned from cash
investments.

Income taxes

     The  Company  recognized  a tax  benefit  of  $276,000  for the year  ended
December  31, 1997  compared to a tax expense of $1.7 million for the year ended
December  31,  1996.  The tax  benefit  in 1997  resulted  from  the  loss  from
operations for the year 1997.

Year Ended December 31, 1996 compared with Year Ended December 31, 1995

Revenues

     Revenues  for the year ended  December  31,  1996  increased  11.3% or $7.3
million to $71.6  million  from $64.3  million for the year ended  December  31,
1995.  The increase was due in part to increases in revenues  from a significant
affiliated  distributor  of the casual or dial  around  product.  Prior to 1996,
marketing  for the casual or dial  around  product  was  limited to the state of
California;  however,  in 1996 direct  mailing of this  service was  expanded to
eleven  additional  states  increasing  total revenues in 1996 over 1995 by more
than $2.8  million.  Additional  revenues  were also  driven  from the resale of
certain long distance products. This sales program was implemented at the end of
1995 and increased total sales over 1995 by approximately  $3 million.  Finally,
new distributors  not actively  selling  products in 1995 increased  revenues in
1996 by approximately $1.5 million.

Gross margin

     Gross margin  increased  $2.5  million to $23.8  million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 from $21.3 million for the year ended  December 31, 1995. As a
percentage of net revenues,  gross margin  increased to 33.4% for the year ended
December 31, 1996 from 33.2% for the year ended  December  31, 1995.  The slight
change  in gross  margin  resulted  from a  percentage  increase  in the cost of
network  accounting  which was more than offset by a percentage  decrease in bad
debt expense.

                                       19
<PAGE>

     Network cost for the year ended December 31, 1996 increased $5.5 million to
$46.1  million for the year ended  December 31, 1996 from $40.6  million for the
year ended December 31, 1995. Primarily, the increase resulted from the increase
in revenues.  As a percentage of revenue,  network cost  increased  1.3% in 1996
over 1995.  The primary  reason for the increase  was  increased  revenues  from
distributors  whose  products  are being sold at lower  retail rates than in the
prior  year  in  response  to the  competitive  demand  of the  industry;  thus,
decreasing the Company's product margins.

     Bad debt as a percentage of revenue  decreased  1.5% for the year 1996 over
1995.  The majority of the Company's  revenues are billed and collected from the
LECs, with which the Company has  agreements.  The Company records bad debt as a
percentage of revenue based on the percentage  being reserved by the LEC plus or
minus  any true  ups to  actual  amounts  by the LEC.  Collection  policies  and
aggressiveness  in  collection  procedures  differ  among the  LECs.  Collection
percentages  for  the  LECs  were  significantly   higher  in  1996  over  1995.
Additionally,  travel card fraud was significantly less in 1996 compared to 1995
resulting  primarily  from changing its travel card vendor to one providing real
time fraud monitoring.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     Selling,  general and administrative expenses increased 5.1% or $910,000 to
$18.8  million for the year ended  December 31, 1996 from $17.9  million for the
year ending  December 31, 1995. As a percentage of revenue,  selling general and
administrative  expenses decreased 1.5% to 26.3% for the year ended December 31,
1996  from  27.8%  for the year  ended  December  1995.  The  decrease  resulted
primarily  from the rise in  revenues  causing the  expense as a  percentage  of
revenue to decrease.

     As a percentage of revenue, commission expense decreased approximately 1.7%
in 1996 over 1995. The change was due to the growth of an internal  revenue base
in  1996  for  which  commissions  are  not  paid;  therefore,  commission  as a
percentage of revenues  declined as this particular  revenue  continued to grow.
Professional   and  legal  expense  as  a  percentage   of  revenues   decreased
approximately  .5% in 1996 over 1995 primarily from 1995 accruals for contingent
liabilities.  Salary expense as a percentage of revenues  increased in 1996 over
1995  approximately  .4% resulting  primarily  from the addition of key employee
positions  and  certain  other  positions  among  operational  groups to provide
carrier services to other companies.

Depreciation and Amortization

     Depreciation and  amortization  expense for 1996 decreased by an immaterial
amount from that for 1995.

Interest expense and other income, net

     Interest  expense  increased to  approximately  $231,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1996 from $6,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1995. The Company
increased its borrowing  for use in operations in 1996;  however this  borrowing
was  extinguished  by the  end of the  second  quarter  in  1996.  Other  income
increased to  approximately  $271,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1996 from
$166,000 for the year ended December 1995. The increase resulted  primarily from
income from cash investments and income from contract services provided to other
companies.

Income taxes

Income taxes increased approximately $605,000 to $1.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 from $1.1 million for the year ended  December 31, 1995 due to
increased  operating income.  The effective tax rate was 40.8% and 41.8% for the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.



                                       20
<PAGE>

Equity in net income (loss) of DNS

     Equity in DNS  increased  approximately  $4.1  million  for the year  ended
December  31, 1996 from a loss of $3.9  million for the year ended  December 31,
1995.  In June 1996,  the Company  sold the  customer  base  acquired in the DNS
acquisition in addition to certain blocks of customers  acquired during 1995 and
1996 together with related assets for  approximately  $5.2 million.  The Company
recorded a gain on this sale of approximately $3.2 million. This gain offset the
loss from operations of DNS prior to its sale of $3.1 million.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
- -------------------------------

     The primary  sources of  operating  cash flow for the Company are  revenues
derived from the resale of domestic and international  long distance services to
the public.  Minor  sources of revenues are  received for the  provision of back
office support to affiliated and non-affiliated  companies and for earnings from
investment  income.  The primary uses of cash are payments to underlying network
vendors for provisioning  long distance  facilities,  to sales  distributors for
soliciting long distance sales, and to the major LECs for billing and collecting
directly from the long distance end user. To date,  the Company has financed its
growth, including its capital expenditures,  primarily through funds provided by
operations.  Net cash provided from operations totaled $1.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997,  $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996, and
$5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995.

     The Company's accounts receivable decreased to $6.9 million at December 31,
1997 from $10.5 million at December 31, 1996.  The decrease was primarily due to
a corresponding decrease in sales described elsewhere in this discussion.

     Current liabilities  decreased to $9.7 million as of December 31, 1997 from
$11.5 million as of December 31, 1996.  The decrease in current  liabilities  is
due to a  corresponding  decrease in sales.  Sales and excise taxes  included in
current liabilities  decreased to $736,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997,
from $1.7 million for the year ended  December 31, 1996,  largely as a result of
the decrease in sales and an adjustment for prior overaccruals.

     Prior  to the  Share  Exchange,  the  Company  loaned  $2.0  million  to an
affiliated  company,  Core  Marketing,  LLC,  during 1997, of which $201,111 was
repaid prior to December 31, 1997. The remainder of the loan is due on or before
September 1, 1998. Additionally,  the Company had loans outstanding from DNS for
$1.6 million at December 31, 1995; all of which were paid in 1996.

     AvTel's operations for the twelve months ended September 30, 1997 (its last
full  fiscal year prior to the  completion  of the Share  Exchange)  resulted in
revenues of  approximately  $2.3  million and a net loss of  approximately  $2.4
million.  These  losses  primarily  resulted  from  costs  associated  with  the
commencement of AvTel's  operations and an impairment loss of approximately $1.4
million  recorded in connection with the AHI Merger.  There is no assurance that
these operations will produce operating income in 1998.

     The Company has been able to finance its capital  expenditures,  which have
consisted  primarily  of  property  and  equipment,  from funds  generated  from
operations.  Cash  received in  acquisitions  totaled  $478,643  during 1997. An
important  component  of the  Company's  past  growth  has been to  develop  its
business through acquisitions, including the Share Exchange. The Company intends
to continue this strategy, and has retained Van Kasper & Company to advise it in
connection with this strategy.

     Although cash provided by operations has provided  sufficient  cash to fund
its growth to date,  the Company  anticipates  that future growth  strategies in
1998 (including possible  acquisitions) will require funding from other sources.
The  Company is  evaluating  its  financing  alternatives.  In  addition to debt
financing,  the Company may utilize  its capital  stock for  acquisitions  under
appropriate circumstances.

                                       21
<PAGE>

INFLATION
- ---------

     The  Company  does  not  believe  that  the  relatively  moderate  rates of
inflation  over the past three  years have had a  significant  effect on its net
sales or its profitability.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
- --------------------

     The Company has made an effort to insure that the  software  components  of
its information  and billing  systems are Year 2000 compliant.  Management is in
the process of confirming that all of such systems are Year 2000 compliant. Upon
such confirmation,  management believes that, after January 1, 2000, the Company
will be able to continue to accurately  track and bill calls.  At the same time,
it is likely that the  operations of a number of the  Company's  vendors rely on
software that is not Year 2000 compliant.

ITEM 7A QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

                  Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The financial statements of the Company and supplementary data are included
beginning immediately following the signature page to this report.


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     On December 1, 1997, the Company engaged KPMG Peat Marwick LLP to audit its
financial  statements  for fiscal 1997.  This and certain  other  changes in the
Company's accountants were previously reported in Forms 8-K filed on November 7,
1997, and December 9, 1997.

     There are no, and have not been, any disagreements  between the Company and
its accountants on any matter of accounting  principles,  practices or financial
statements disclosure.


                                    PART III


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT


     The  information  required by this Item will be contained in the  Company's
definitive Proxy Statement for its 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
captions  "Election of  Directors"  and  "Compliance  with Section  16(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934."

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  information  required by this Item will be contained in the  Company's
definitive Proxy Statement for its 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
caption "Executive Compensation."

                                       22
<PAGE>

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  information  required by this Item will be contained in the  Company's
definitive Proxy Statement for its 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
captions "Stock Ownership" and "Principal Shareholders."


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The  information  required by this Item will be contained in the  Company's
definitive Proxy Statement for its 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
captions "Certain Relationships and Transactions."


ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a) The index to the financial statements and financial statement schedules
filed as part of this report is set forth  immediately  following  the signature
page.

     (b) The  index to the  exhibits  filed as part of this  report is set forth
immediately following the financial statements.

     (c) During the quarter  ended  December  31,  1997,  the Company  filed the
following Current Reports on Form 8-K:

          (i)  Amendment  to Current  Report on Form 8-K/A  filed on October 20,
1997,  amending a Current  Report on Form 8-K filed by Hi, Tiger  International,
Inc. (a predecessor  corporation)  on November 7, 1996.  Amending Item 7 to file
financial  statements and pro forma  financial  information  with respect to the
acquisition of AvTel Holdings, Inc.

          (ii)  Amendment  to Current  Report on Form 8-K/A filed on October 23,
1997,  amending a Current  Report on Form 8-K filed on March 6,  1997.  Amending
Item 7 to file financial  statements and pro forma  financial  information  with
respect to the acquisition of WestNet Communications, Inc.

          (iii)  Current  Report  filed on November 7, 1997.  Item 4 - regarding
dismissal of AvTel's prior independent auditor.

          (iv) Current Report filed on December 9, 1997 (subsequently amended by
Amendment  to Current  Report on Form 8-K/A filed on February 9, 1998.) Items 1,
2, 4 and 7.  Completion of the  Reincorporation  Merger and the Share  Exchange,
engagement of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP as independent auditors and change in fiscal
year.



                                       23

<PAGE>

SIGNATURES

     In accordance  with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Registrant
has caused this report to be signed on it behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized.

                           AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


Dated:   April 10, 1998      By /S/ ANTHONY E. PAPA
                             ------------------------
                              Anthony E. Papa,
                              Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
                              (Principal Executive Officer)


Dated:   April 10, 1998      By /S/ JAMES P. PISANI
                             ------------------------
                              James P. Pisani,
                              President, Chief Operating Officer and
                              Chief Financial Officer
                              (Principal Financial Officer)


Dated:   April 10, 1998      By /S/ VIRGINIA A. BAKER
                             ------------------------
                              Virginia A. Baker
                              Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
                              (Principal Accounting Officer)

                                       24


<PAGE>





     In  accordance  with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by
the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the  Registrant  and  in the  capacities
indicated on this 10th day of April, 1998.

                            AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                              By /S/ ANTHONY E. PAPA
                            ------------------------
                              Anthony E. Papa,
                              Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

                              By  /S/ JAMES P. PISANI
                            ------------------------
                              James P. Pisani,
                              President, Chief Operating Officer and
                              Chief Financial Officer, Director


                              By /S/ VIRGINIA A. BAKER
                            -------------------------
                              Virginia A. Baker
                              Controller and Chief Accounting Officer


                              By /S/ JOHN E. ALLEN
                            -------------------------
                              John E. Allen
                              Director


                              By /S/ JEFFREY J. JENSEN
                            --------------------------
                              Jeffrey J. Jensen
                              Director


                              By /S/ GREGORY T. MUTZ
                            --------------------------
                              Gregory T. Mutz
                              Director



                                       25


<PAGE>




                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



The Board of Directors
AvTel Communications, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated   balance  sheets  of  AvTel
Communications,  Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity, and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997. In
connection with our audits of the  consolidated  financial  statements,  we also
have audited the accompanying  financial statement schedule.  These consolidated
financial  statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated  financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our
audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,   in  all   material   respects,   the   financial   position  of  AvTel
Communications,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  at December 31, 1997 and 1996,  and the
results  of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles.  Also in our opinion,  the related  financial  statement
schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to the basic  consolidated  financial
statements taken as a whole,  presents  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the
information set forth therein.



/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
Dallas, Texas
March 24, 1998












                                       F-1



<PAGE>


<TABLE>


                   AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets

                           December 31, 1997 and 1996

<CAPTION>


                     Assets                                                 1997          1996
                     ------                                             ------------   -----------
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>  

Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents .........................................  $  4,807,441     4,622,395
   Accounts receivable, net ..........................................     6,961,953    10,507,580
   Due from affiliates ...............................................     2,127,771     1,212,414
   Federal and state income tax receivable ...........................       598,970          --
   Other current assets ..............................................       861,950     2,200,751
                                                                        ------------   -----------
                 Total current assets ................................    15,358,085    18,543,140
Property and equipment, net ..........................................     1,791,682     1,621,355
Other assets, net ....................................................     1,575,083       173,909
                                                                        ------------   -----------
                 Total assets ........................................  $ 18,724,850    20,338,404
                                                                        ============   ===========

    Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
    ------------------------------------

Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable and other accrued expenses .......................  $  1,546,762     1,888,026
   Accrued network service costs .....................................     4,319,198     4,863,663
   Sales and excise taxes payable ....................................       736,012     1,676,677
   Due to affiliates .................................................     2,719,417     2,597,559
   Other current liabilities .........................................       466,039       554,596
                                                                        ------------   -----------
                 Total current liabilities ...........................     9,787,428    11,580,521
Deferred income taxes ................................................       498,712          --
Other liabilities ....................................................        50,782          --
Common stock subject to put option (note 4) ..........................       578,880       896,000
                                                                        ------------   -----------
                 Total liabilities ...................................    10,915,802    12,476,521
                                                                        ------------   -----------

Stockholders' equity:
   Series A convertible preferred stock, cumulative as to 8%
     dividends.  Authorized 1,000,000 shares, $0.01 par value,
     207,700 shares issued and outstanding.  (Liquidation
     preference of $919,000 including dividends in arrears.) .........         2,077          --
   Common stock, Authorized 20,000,000 shares. At
     December 31, 1997, $0.01 par value; 11,437,056
     shares issued, including 385,920 shares subject to put options ..
     At December 31, 1996, no par value; 8,819,054 shares
     issued, including 482,400 shares subject to put options .........       110,511     7,532,026
   Additional paid in capital ........................................    17,138,739          --
   Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ...........................    (9,422,729)      769,441
   Treasury stock, 1,999,997 shares in 1997 and 171,548 shares in 1996       (20,000)     (439,584)
                                                                        ------------   -----------
                 Total stockholders' equity ..........................     7,809,048     7,861,883

Commitments and contingencies
                 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ..........  $ 18,724,850    20,338,404
                                                                        ============   ===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                       F-2
<PAGE>


<TABLE>


                   AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations

                  Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

<CAPTION>

                                                                      1997          1996          1995
                                                              ------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>           <C>  

Revenues (note 6) ..........................................  $ 51,389,080    71,558,295    64,289,718
Cost of revenues (note 6) ..................................    36,227,507    47,674,396    42,980,127
                                                              ------------   -----------   -----------
               Gross margin ................................    15,161,573    23,883,899    21,309,591
                                                              ------------   -----------   -----------

Operating expenses:
         Selling, general and administrative (note 6) ......    16,141,132    18,798,925    17,888,856
         Acquisition related write off .....................     9,098,545          --            --
         Depreciation and amortization .....................       679,856       993,940       998,342
                                                              ------------   -----------   -----------
                                                                25,919,533    19,792,865    18,887,198
                                                              ------------   -----------   -----------
                Operating income (loss) ....................   (10,757,960)    4,091,034     2,422,393

Interest expense (note 6) ..................................       (11,692)     (230,922)       (6,299)
Other income, net ..........................................       301,580       271,171       165,616
                                                              ------------   -----------   -----------
                 Income (loss) before income
                     tax expense and equity in net
                     income (loss) of DNS ..................   (10,468,072)    4,131,283     2,581,710

Income tax expense (benefit) ...............................      (276,352)    1,686,876     1,081,726
                                                              ------------   -----------   -----------
                                                               (10,191,720)    2,444,407     1,499,984

Equity in net income (loss) of DNS .........................          --         122,327    (3,940,477)
                                                              ------------   -----------   -----------
                  Net income (loss) ........................  $(10,191,720)    2,566,734    (2,440,493)
                                                              ============   ===========   ===========

Proforma net loss per common share - basic
   and diluted .............................................  $      (1.23)
                                                              ============

</TABLE>




See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 









                                       F-3



<PAGE>


<TABLE>

                   AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

                  Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

<CAPTION>

                                                                                  Retained
                     Preferred Stock           Common Stock          Additional   earnings         Treasury Stock
                     ---------------           ------------           paid in   (accumulated       --------------
                     Shares   Amount       Shares         Amount      capital     deficit)       Shares        Amount         Total
                     -------  ------  -----------   ------------   ----------  -----------   ----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                  <C>      <C>     <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>

Balances at
December 31, 1994 .     --    $ --      4,467,384   $  1,729,133         --        643,200         --     $      --       2,372,333
 Acquisition of DNS
  Communications, Inc.  --      --      2,405,499      3,607,682         --           --           --            --       3,607,682
 Net loss .........     --      --           --             --           --     (2,440,493)        --            --      (2,440,493)
                     -------  ------  -----------   ------------   ----------  -----------   ----------   -----------   -----------
Balances at
December 31, 1995 .     --      --      6,872,883      5,336,815         --     (1,797,293)        --            --       3,539,522
 Purchase of
  common stock ....     --      --           --             --           --           --       (171,548)     (439,584)     (439,584)
 Issuance of
  common stock ....     --      --      1,463,771      2,195,211         --           --           --            --       2,195,211
 Net income .......     --      --           --             --           --      2,566,734         --            --       2,566,734
                     -------  ------  -----------   ------------   ----------  -----------   ----------   -----------   -----------
Balances at
 December 31, 1996      --      --      8,336,654      7,532,026         --        769,441     (171,548)     (439,584)    7,861,883
 Acquisition of Best
  (note 2) ........     --      --        934,987      3,361,208         --           --     (1,999,997)   (3,317,940)       43,268
 Share for share
  exchange between
  AvTel and Matrix
  (note 2): Reverse
  acquisition of
  AvTel ...........  207,700   2,077    1,839,563         18,396    9,129,040         --           --            --       9,149,513
  Reflect new
   capitalization
   of Company .....     --      --       (171,548)   (10,802,234)   7,064,710         --        171,548     3,737,524          --
 Issuance of
  common stock
  for exercise
  of options ......     --      --         15,000            150       52,350         --           --            --          52,500
 Expired put
  options (note 4)      --      --         96,480            965      143,755         --           --            --         144,720
 Stock compensation
  earned (note 7) .     --      --           --             --        748,884         --           --            --         748,884
 Net loss .........     --      --           --             --           --    (10,191,720)        --            --     (10,191,720)
                     -------  ------  -----------   ------------   ----------  -----------   ----------   -----------   -----------
Balances at
December 31, 1997 .  207,700  $2,077   11,051,136   $    110,511   17,138,739   (9,422,729)  (1,999,997)  $   (20,000)    7,809,048
                     =======  ======  ===========   ============   ==========  ===========   ==========   ===========   ===========

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                       F-4


<PAGE>
<TABLE>



                   AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

<CAPTION>

                                                                    1997         1996         1995
                                                            ------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income (loss) .....................................  $(10,191,720)   2,566,734   (2,440,493)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
    net cash provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization ......................       679,856      993,940      998,342
      Amortization of advanced commissions ...............     1,355,492      618,791         --
      Acquisition related write off ......................     9,098,545         --           --
      Provision for bad debts ............................     1,829,770    1,461,471    1,955,842
      Deferred income taxes ..............................       (80,377)    (321,678)     530,885
      Stock compensation earned ..........................       748,884         --           --
      Equity in (income) loss of DNS .....................          --       (122,327)   3,940,477
      Changes in certain operating assets and liabilities:
        Accounts receivable ..............................     1,969,332   (1,971,970)  (2,170,807)
        Due from affiliates ..............................      (915,357)     345,336      630,395
        Federal and state income tax receivable ..........      (598,970)        --        631,183
        Other current assets .............................     1,787,672     (393,781)     (96,791)
        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .........    (2,877,789)  (1,397,160)     526,850
        Due to affiliates ................................    (1,138,568)    (742,663)     591,889
                                                            ------------   ----------   ----------
              Net cash provided by operating activities ..     1,667,770    1,036,693    5,097,772
                                                            ------------   ----------   ----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Cash received in acquisitions .........................       477,643         --           --
   Loans to affiliate ....................................    (2,000,000)        --           --
   Payments received on loans to affiliates ..............       201,111         --           --
   Purchase of property and equipment ....................      (212,421)    (701,718)    (529,805)
   Purchase of customer base .............................          --           --       (103,970)
   Repayments from (to) DNS, net .........................          --      1,577,432   (1,577,432)
   Other .................................................         2,749      (14,482)      52,173
                                                            ------------   ----------   ----------
              Net cash provided by (used in)
                investing activities .....................    (1,530,918)     861,232   (2,159,034)
                                                            ------------   ----------   ----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Principal payments on capital leases ..................        (4,306)        --           --
   Cash received for exercise of options .................        52,500         --           --
   Purchase of common stock for treasury .................          --       (439,583)        --
                                                            ------------   ----------   ----------
               Net cash provided by (used in) ............        48,194     (439,583)        --
                                                            ------------   ----------   ----------
                 financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ................       185,046    1,458,342    2,938,738
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ...........     4,622,395    3,164,053      225,315
                                                            ------------   ----------   ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .................  $  4,807,441    4,622,395    3,164,053
                                                            ============   ==========   ==========

                                                                                        (Continued)
</TABLE>



                                       F-5


<PAGE>
<TABLE>



                   AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued
<CAPTION>


                                                                    1997         1996         1995
                                                            ------------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>          <C>

Cash paid (received) during the year for:
   Interest ..............................................  $     11,594      212,404        6,300
                                                            ============   ==========   ==========
   Income taxes, net of refunds ..........................  $    925,161    1,482,103     (475,177)
                                                            ============   ==========   ==========
Noncash financing activities:
   Common stock issued for DNS acquisition ...............  $       --           --      3,607,682
                                                            ============   ==========   ==========
   Common stock issued for advanced commissions ..........  $       --      2,195,211
                                                            ============   ==========
   Common stock issued for receivable from
     major shareholder ...................................  $       --        723,600         --
                                                            ============   ==========   ==========
   Common stock issued for Best acquisition ..............  $  3,361,208         --
                                                            ============   ==========
   Treasury stock acquired with Best acquisition .........  $ (3,317,940)        --
                                                            ============   ==========
   Common and preferred stock issued in AvTel reverse
     acquisition .........................................  $  9,149,513         --           --
                                                            ============   ==========   ==========

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
















                                       F-6



<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995





(1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     (a)  Business and Background

          On December 1, 1997, AvTel  Communications,  Inc. ("AvTel") and Matrix
          Telecom, Inc. ("Matrix") completed a share for share exchange pursuant
          to a stock  exchange  agreement  dated April 29, 1997 as  subsequently
          amended  ("Share  Exchange").   For  accounting  purposes,  the  Share
          Exchange  was  treated  as a reverse  acquisition  of AvTel by Matrix.
          AvTel was the legal acquiror and  accordingly,  the Share Exchange was
          effected by the issuance by AvTel of 9,582,493  shares of common stock
          in exchange for all of the common stock then outstanding of Matrix. In
          addition,  holders of outstanding Matrix stock options received 22,338
          non-qualified   stock  options  of  AvTel.   The  purchase  method  of
          accounting  was used,  with Matrix  being  treated as the acquiror for
          accounting  purposes.  The  results of  operations  reported  in these
          consolidated  financial  statements  reflect the  operations of Matrix
          prior to December 1, 1997 and reflect the combined operations of AvTel
          and Matrix subsequent to December 1, 1997. References to the "Company"
          refer to  operations  of Matrix  prior to the Share  Exchange  and the
          combined  operations  of  Matrix  and  AvTel  subsequent  to the Share
          Exchange.  As a result of the Share  Exchange,  Matrix became a wholly
          owned subsidiary of AvTel. (See note 2).

          The Share Exchange provided that each Matrix shareholder would receive
          2.4819 AvTel common shares for each common share of Matrix then issued
          including  treasury  shares held by Matrix.  For periods  prior to the
          December 1, 1997 Share Exchange,  all share amounts have been restated
          to reflect  the Share  Exchange  as a 2.4819 for one stock  split.  In
          addition, on March 10, 1997 Matrix declared an 18 for one stock split.
          All share amounts have been restated to also reflect this stock split.

          AvTel was  formed  to be a  provider  of  broadband  network  services
          integrating  voice,  data and  video  solutions  for  individuals  and
          corporate  customers.  The Company  sells and markets a broad range of
          telecommunications  and advanced network services through  independent
          value added  resellers and internal  direct sales  professionals.  The
          Company  targets  mid-size  corporations,   small-office   home-office
          professionals and select  residential  market segments.  To date AvTel
          has generated  revenues  primarily  through the  provisioning  of data
          networking and internet service.




                                       F-7



                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





     Matrix provides long distance  telephone  service in forty-nine states over
intercity   facilities   provided  by  fully  certified  dominant  domestic  and
international  carriers.  Matrix  resells  to both  residential  and  commercial
customers;  however, the primary focus is to the small business owner and select
residential  customers.  Matrix is fully certified by the Federal Communications
Commission and certified to operate in all states requiring such  certification.
Matrix holds billing and collection  agreements with all regional bell operating
companies, GTE, and other independent telephone companies.

     (b)  Principles of Consolidation

          The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of the
          Company   and   its   wholly-owned   subsidiaries.   All   significant
          intercompany   balances  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in
          consolidation.

     (c)  Cash and Cash Equivalents

          For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all
          demand deposits,  time deposits,  and other highly liquid  investments
          with a remaining maturity at date of purchase of less than ninety days
          to be cash equivalents.

     (d)  Commissions

          Commissions  to  sales  agents  are  paid  and  expensed  based  on  a
          percentage of billings as incurred.

          Commissions  paid in advance of $221,000 and $1,576,000 as of December
          31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, included in other current assets, are
          being  expensed  over a period of eighteen  months  based on estimated
          billings of the customers for which the commissions were paid.

     (e)  Revenue Recognition

          Long  distance,   frame  relay  and  internet   service  revenues  are
          recognized  as  service  is  provided.  Amounts  paid in  advance  are
          recorded as deferred revenue.

     (f)  Property and Equipment

          Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Maintenance  and repairs
          are charged  against  income as  incurred,  while  renewals  and major
          replacements  are  capitalized.   The  cost  and  related  accumulated
          depreciation  of assets sold or retired are removed from the accounts,
          and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. The Company
          provides  depreciation on fixed assets using the straight-line  method
          over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. 

                                      F-8


                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





     (g)  Income Taxes

          The Company utilizes the asset and liability method for accounting for
          income taxes.  Under this method,  deferred tax assets and liabilities
          are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to
          differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of
          existing  assets and  liabilities  and their  respective tax bases and
          operating loss and tax credit  carryforwards.  Deferred tax assets and
          liabilities  are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to
          taxable income in the years in which those  temporary  differences are
          expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets
          and  liabilities  of a change in tax rates is  recognized in income in
          the period that includes the enactment date.

     (h)  Use of Estimates

          Management  of  the  Company  has  made  a  number  of  estimates  and
          assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
          and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
          consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
          and expenses during the reporting period to prepare these consolidated
          financial  statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
          principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     (i)  Concentrations of Credit Risk

          The Company's  subscribers  are primarily  small  business  owners and
          residential  subscribers  and are  not  concentrated  in any  specific
          geographic  region of the United  States.  The Company has  agreements
          with Local Exchange  Companies,  which provide  billing and collection
          services to the majority of the Company's  subscribers.  A significant
          portion  of  the  Company's  accounts  receivable  is due  from  these
          Companies.

     (j)  Accounts Receivable

          Accounts  receivable are net of allowances  for doubtful  accounts and
          other  provisions of $982,000 and $627,000 as of December 31, 1997 and
          1996, respectively.  The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful
          accounts   based  upon   factors   surrounding   the  credit  risk  of
          subscribers, historical trends and other information.

     (k)  Financial Instruments

          The  Company's  financial   instruments  include  cash,   receivables,
          payables and accrued  expenses.  The carrying amount of such financial
          instruments  approximates  fair value because of the short maturity of
          these instruments.

                                       F-9

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





(l)  Acquired Customer Base

     Acquired  customer  base  of  $1,575,083,   which  is  net  of  accumulated
     amortization of $8,000, at December 31, 1997,  included in other assets, is
     being  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over five  years.  The Company
     assesses the recoverability of this intangible asset by determining whether
     the acquired  customer base balance can be recovered  through  undiscounted
     future  operating  cash  flows of the  acquired  operations.  The amount of
     impairment,  if any, is measured based on projected  discounted cash flows.
     The assessment of the  recoverability of the acquired customer base will be
     impacted if estimated future operating cash flows are not achieved.

(2)  Acquisitions

     Matrix Telecom, Inc. -- On December 1, 1997, AvTel and Matrix completed the
     Share Exchange. For accounting purposes the Share Exchange was treated as a
     reverse  acquisition of AvTel by Matrix.  AvTel was the legal acquiror and,
     accordingly,  the Share  Exchange  was  effected  by the  issuance of AvTel
     common stock in exchange for all of the common  stock then  outstanding  of
     Matrix. In addition,  holders of outstanding  Matrix stock options received
     non-qualified  stock options of the Company.  After the Share  Exchange the
     former   shareholders  of  Matrix  held   approximately  84%  of  the  then
     outstanding common stock of the Company.

     The  consummation of the Share Exchange was subject to the  satisfaction of
     several  conditions by AvTel.  These included the  reincorporation of AvTel
     (then a Utah corporation; "AvTel Utah") in Delaware by way of a merger (the
     "Reincorporation  Merger")  with and into  AvTel  Communications,  Inc.,  a
     Delaware corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary formed for the sole purpose
     of this  merger.  As part of the  merger,  AvTel  (the  surviving  Delaware
     corporation)  issued to its  stockholders  one share of new Delaware Common
     Stock  for each  four  shares  of  AvTel-Utah's  Common  Stock  outstanding
     immediately  prior  to  the  Reincorporation   Merger.   AvTel's  Series  A
     Convertible  Preferred  Stock and its  outstanding  options were  similarly
     adjusted.  Accordingly,  the Reincorporation  Merger essentially effected a
     one for four reverse stock split of AvTel's shares.

     In  connection  with  the  reverse  acquisition  of AvTel  by  Matrix,  the
     following  assets  were  acquired,  liabilities  assumed,  and  common  and
     preferred stock issued.

              Current assets other than cash                       $   258,041
              Fixed assets                                             577,836
              Customer base                                          1,583,000
              Goodwill                                               9,098,545
              Current liabilities                                   (1,945,526)
              Long-term liabilities                                   (688,854)
              Common and preferred stock issued                     (9,149,513)
                                                                   -----------
                Cash acquired                                      $   266,471
                                                                   ===========
                                      F-10

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements






     The  reverse  acquisition  of AvTel by Matrix was  accounted  for using the
     purchase method of accounting. In order to value the consideration given in
     the Share  Exchange the market  price of AvTel's  common stock for a period
     immediately  preceding the  announcement of the Share Exchange was used. As
     of the date of  acquisition,  the Company  determined the fair value of the
     net tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.
     Concurrently,  the Company  determined that the carrying amount of recorded
     goodwill was not recoverable. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge to
     income of $9,098,545  immediately  subsequent  to the reverse  acquisition.
     Proforma  results of operations of the Company as if the Share Exchange had
     occurred as of the beginning of the periods  presented is as follows except
     that the  acquisition  related loss is reflected as of January 1, 1997, for
     comparative purposes:

                                                       Year ended
                                                      December 31,
                                                      ------------
                                                  1997             1996
                                            --------------       ----------

     Revenue                                $   54,094,095       73,512,954
     Net income (loss)                         (12,634,346)       2,289,495
     Proforma net loss per share            $        (1.11)             --


     Best Connections,  Inc. ("Best") -- Effective July 1, 1997, shareholders of
     Best,  an  affiliate  of Matrix  through  substantially  common  ownership,
     contributed  their  ownership  of Best to Matrix in  exchange  for  934,987
     shares of Matrix common stock.  Best's primary assets were 1,999,997 shares
     of Matrix common stock and cash of $211,000.  The assets and liabilities of
     Best were recorded at their  historical  cost which  approximated  the fair
     value of such  assets as of July 1, 1997.  As a result of the  combination,
     Matrix  assumed the  obligation  to grant up to 1,999,997  stock options to
     agents of Best,  certain employees of affiliated  companies and potentially
     others.  Such option grants relate to services,  including  sales promotion
     activities,  to be  performed by the  recipients  on behalf of the Company.
     Accordingly,  the fair value of such  options will be charged to expense by
     the Company as the related services are provided.

     In connection with the Matrix and Best  combination,  the following  assets
     were acquired, liabilities assumed and common stock issued:

          Fixed assets                                             $    15,137
          Current liabilities                                         (183,014)
          Common stock issued                                        3,361,208
          Treasury stock acquired                                   (3,317,940)
                                                                   -----------
          Cash acquired                                            $   211,172
                                                                   ===========

                                      F-11

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements






     Results of operations  for 1997 and 1996 would not have been  significantly
     different had the Best and Matrix combination  occurred as of the beginning
     of the respective years.

     DNS  Communications,  Inc.  ("DNS")  --  In  October  1995,  Matrix  issued
     2,405,499  shares of its common stock valued at  $3,607,682 in exchange for
     all of the  outstanding  common stock of DNS, a Houston based long distance
     reseller.  The transaction was accounted for under the purchase method. The
     purchase  price in excess of the book value of DNS net assets was allocated
     based upon the estimated fair value of the assets  acquired and liabilities
     assumed at the date of acquisition and included the following:


          Current assets                                   $ 1,978,262
          Acquired customer base                             6,351,131
          Other noncurrent assets                              114,384
          Accounts payable and accrued expenses             (2,346,102)
          Deferred tax liability                            (2,489,993)
                                                           -----------
                    Value assigned to common stock issued  $ 3,607,682
                                                           ===========

     Summarized results of operations of DNS is as follows:

                                                      Period from
                                   Year Ended       October 1, 1995 to
                                December 31, 1996   December 31, 1995
                                -----------------   -----------------

          Revenue                  $   11,027,000        $  4,277,000
          Net income (loss)               122,000          (3,940,000)

     Subsequent to the acquisition,  the operations of DNS generated substantial
     losses.  DNS's  customer churn rate and bad debts as well as projected cash
     flows were evaluated and as of December 31, 1995 it was determined that the
     remaining   investment   in  the  DNS  acquired   customer   base  totaling
     approximately  $4,462,000 should be written off. Such amount net of related
     deferred taxes is included in the loss of DNS reflected above for 1995.

     In June 1996, Matrix sold the customer base acquired in the DNS acquisition
     in addition to certain  blocks of customers  acquired  during 1995 and 1996
     together  with  related  assets to a former  officer of Matrix and a former
     shareholder of DNS for approximately $5,270,000.  Matrix recorded a gain on
     this sale of approximately  $3,221,000.  This gain is included in equity in
     net income (loss) of DNS in the 1996 statement of operations.

                                      F-12

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





     Due to the timing of the  acquisition  and subsequent  decision to sell the
     operations of DNS, Matrix has recorded its interest in DNS operations using
     the equity method of accounting.

(3)  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment consisted of the following:

                                            Estimated          December 31
                                                               -----------
                                            useful life      1997       1996
                                            -----------   ----------  ---------
        Communications system                 2-5 years   $1,318,326  1,328,679
        Office furniture and equipment        1-7 years    2,945,795  2,815,451
        Leasehold improvements               lease term      416,220    416,220
                                                          ---------- ----------
                                                           4,680,341  4,560,350
                                                          (2,888,659)(2,938,995)
                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                          $1,791,682  1,621,355
                                                          ==========  =========

     Depreciation expense was $632,000, $877,000 and $882,000 for 1997, 1996 and
     1995, respectively.

(4)  Stockholders' Equity

     The  preferred  shareholders  are  entitled  to receive  cumulative  annual
     dividends at a rate of 8% and are entitled to a preference  in  liquidation
     in the amount of $4 per share plus  unpaid  dividends.  There were  $88,000
     cumulative  preferred  stock dividends in arrears at December 31, 1997. The
     preferred  stock is  convertible,  on a one-for-one  basis,  into shares of
     Company  common  stock.   The  Company  has  1,000,000   preferred   shares
     authorized.

     In October 1995,  the Company issued  2,405,499  shares of its no par value
     common stock valued at $3,607,682 for 100% of the outstanding shares of DNS
     Communications, Inc. ("DNS"), a Houston based long distance reseller.

     In December 1996, the Company issued  1,463,771  shares of its no par value
     common stock for future  commissions  due to  affiliates  as of October 31,
     1996.  A value of $1.50  per share was used in  determining  the  number of
     shares to issue in settlement of the $2,195,211 obligation. Of this amount,
     $1,355,000  and  $619,000 was  expensed as  commission  expense in 1997 and
     1996, respectively.

     During 1996, the Company sold to certain employees 482,400 shares of common
     stock at $1.50 per share. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had recorded
     a $723,600  receivable for such shares,  which was subsequently  collected.
     Proceeds used to repay the $723,600 receivable were loaned to

                                      F-13

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements






     the  employees by a major  shareholder  of the Company.  As of December 31,
     1997 and 1996,  the shares  subject to this  agreement  could be put to the
     Company at the option of the employee at approximately  $1.50 and $1.86 per
     share  ($578,880  and  $896,000),  respectively.  Such  amounts  have  been
     included in other liabilities. Activity in common stock outstanding related
     to shares subject to put follows:

                                                             Shares     Amount
                                                            --------  ---------

          Sale of common shares subject to put               482,400  $ 723,600
          Increase in share value subject to put charged
             to expense                                         --      172,400
                                                            --------   --------
                      Balance, December 31, 1996             482,400    896,000

          Decrease in share value subject to put recorded
              as a reduction to expense                         --     (172,400)
          Vested shares no longer subject to put             (96,480)  (144,720)

                       Balance, December 31, 1997            385,920  $ 578,880
                                                            ========   ========

     Under certain  circumstances (e.g., employee termination) the Company has a
     call at amounts discussed above.

     During May 1996, the Company  purchased 171,548 shares of its no par common
     stock as treasury  stock for  $439,584.  As further  discussed in note 8 in
     connection  with the Best and Matrix  combination  effective  July 1, 1997,
     Matrix  acquired  an  additional  1,999,997  shares of its common  stock as
     treasury stock. As a part of the  recapitalization  done in connection with
     the AvTel reverse  acquisition,  Matrix  retired the 171,548  shares of its
     common  stock  discussed  above  and the  Company  recorded  the  remaining
     treasury stock at par value.

(5)  Federal and State Income Taxes

     The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

                                                      1997        1996     1995
                                                      ----        ----     ----

     Current tax expense (benefit):
         Federal                              $   (234,899)  1,751,047  480,736
         State and local                           (41,453)    257,507   70,105
                                                  --------   ---------  -------
                                                  (276,352)  2,008,554  550,841
                                                  --------   ---------  -------
                                      F-14

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements







     Deferred tax expense (benefit):
                Federal                           --       (254,350)    424,708
                State and local                   --        (67,328)    106,177
                                              --------   ----------   ---------
                                                  --       (321,678)    530,885
                                              --------   ----------   ---------
                                            $ (276,352)   1,686,876   1,081,726
                                              ========   ==========   =========

     Income tax expense  differs from the amounts  computed by applying the U.S.
     federal  income tax rate of 34 percent to pretax  income as a result of the
     following:

                                                     1997        1996       1995
                                              -----------   ---------  ---------

Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)     $(3,559,144)  1,404,637    870,502
State and local taxes, net of federal income
    tax effect                                    (27,359)    125,518    116,346
Nondeductible acquisition related write off     3,093,522        --         --
Losses not providing tax benefit                  330,190        --         --
Other                                            (113,561)    156,721     94,878
                                              -----------   ---------  ---------
                                              $  (276,352)  1,686,876  1,081,726
                                              ===========   =========  =========

     Deferred  income  taxes as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 reflect the impact
     of temporary  differences  between financial statement carrying amounts and
     tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities.  The  tax  effects  of  temporary
     differences that give rise to significant  portions of the net deferred tax
     assets at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are presented below:


                                                                 December 31

                                                               1997       1996
                                                          -----------    -------


Deferred tax assets:
       Net operating loss carryover                       $   814,425       --
       Compensation related items                             299,554       --
       Contingent liabilities and other items                 204,978    134,288
                                                          -----------    -------
       Gross deferred tax asset                             1,318,957    134,288
       Less valuation allowance                            (1,184,669)      --
                                                          -----------    -------
               Net deferred tax asset                         134,288    134,288

Deferred tax liabilities:
       Customer base intangible                              (633,000)      --
                                                          -----------    -------
               Net deferred tax asset (liability)         $  (498,712)   134,288
                                                          ===========    =======



                                      F-15

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements







     The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased $1,184,669 during
     1997,  $854,479 of which relates to temporary  differences  of AvTel as the
     date of the acquisition.

     In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers
     whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred
     tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate  realization of deferred tax
     assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the
     periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.  Management
     considers the  scheduled  reversal of deferred tax  liabilities,  projected
     future taxable income and prior taxes paid in making this assessment. Based
     upon its evaluation of these factors,  management  believes that it is more
     likely  than  not that the  Company  will  realize  the  benefits  of these
     deductible  differences,  net of the valuation  allowance,  at December 31,
     1997.  At  December  31,  1997,   the  Company  has  net   operating   loss
     carryforwards  for federal tax purposes of  approximately  $2,400,000 which
     had been  generated  by AvTel  prior to the reverse  acquisition  which are
     available on a limited basis to offset future federal  taxable  income,  if
     any,  through  2012.  When  realized such benefit will first be utilized to
     reduce long term intangible  assets recorded in the reverse  acquisition of
     AvTel by Matrix.

(6)  Related Party Transactions

     The  Company has had  transactions  in the normal  course of business  with
     various  companies which are affiliated  with  shareholders of the Company.
     Pacific Gateway Exchange, Inc. ("PGE"), an affiliated company, provides the
     Company with significant domestic and international  transmission services.
     Common  shareholders  hold  an  interest  in  both  PGE  and  the  Company.
     Affiliates  of the  Company  also  act as  agents  for the  Company  in the
     solicitation  of new  customers.  A  significant  number  of the  Company's
     employees are leased from United Group Service  Center,  an affiliate,  who
     provides  such services to a number of  affiliated  companies.  The Company
     provides  long  distance  service  to a  number  of  affiliated  companies.
     Balances  with  affiliates  related to  operating  activities  are  settled
     monthly.  In  addition,  the  Company  has made both  interest  bearing and
     noninterest bearing advances to affiliated companies.





                                      F-16


                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





     Due from affiliates consists of the following:

                                                               December 31
                                                            1997       1996
                                                        ----------  ---------

Core Marketing - note receivable due September 1, 1998  $1,798,889       --
United Membership Marketing Group (long distance
       services)                                            44,888       --
Specialized Card Services (long distance services)          20,564       --
UICI Administrators (long distance services)                28,965       --
Excell Agent Services (long distance services)                --      193,285
Interactive Media Works (IMW) (long distance services)      25,263        525
Core Marketing (long distance services)                    111,280    134,652
Other receivables from various affiliates                   97,922    160,352
Receivable from major shareholder for stock issued            --      723,600
                                                        ----------  ---------

                                                        $2,127,771  1,212,414
                                                        ==========  =========

     Due to affiliates consists of the following:

                                                             1997        1996
                                                       ----------   ---------

PGE (network transmission services)                    $2,335,787   2,244,411
Group Association (UGA) and
       Core Marketing (commissions)                       134,618     144,612
Other payables to various affiliates                      249,012     208,536
                                                       ----------   ---------
                                                       $2,719,417   2,597,559
                                                       ==========   =========

     Significant  services  and  transactions  incurred in the normal  course of
     operations with affiliated companies are summarized as follows:

                                                      1997       1996       1995
                                                ----------  ---------  ---------

Revenues include the following:
 U.S. Teleco-billing and collection services,
     customer service and accounting services   $  200,370       --         --
 Long distance revenues from affiliates:  UGA,
     UICI, IMW, and Core Marketing               3,351,375  5,445,903  3,180,302
                                                ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                $3,551,745  5,445,903  3,180,302
                                                ==========  =========  =========


                                      F-17

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                          <C>          <C>         <C>
Cost of revenues includes the following:
  Network transmission services - PGE                        $15,917,688  20,527,236  17,195,182
                                                             ===========  ==========  ==========

Selling, general and administrative includes the following:
  Expenses paid on behalf of PGE for access
      services, for which the Company was reimbursed         $ 3,534,154   5,040,051   3,142,222
  Expenses incurred for leasing employees from
      United Group Service Center                              4,395,820   4,542,007   3,655,712
  Sales commissions to affiliates:  TravelCom 800,
      Core Marketing, UICI, UGA and
      Best Connections                                           990,533   5,335,233   6,314,878
  Overhead expenses reimbursed to/from
      UGA Divisions                                              110,761      77,231     105,007
  Core Marketing - casual mailings                               603,742        --          --
                                                             -----------  ----------  ----------
                                                             $ 9,635,010  14,994,522  13,217,819
                                                             ===========  ==========  ==========

Interest expense includes the following:
  Interest paid to shareholder                               $      --       173,380       6,299
                                                             ===========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>


     During 1996, the Company  obtained  loans of $4,900,000  from a significant
     shareholder for working capital and other purposes.  Such amount was repaid
     during 1996.

(7)  Stock Compensation

     AvTel options -- Prior to the Share Exchange AvTel adopted a 1997 Incentive
     Stock Option Plan (the "AvTel 1997 Plan") for option grants to officers and
     key employees. The AvTel 1997 Plan authorizes grants of options to purchase
     up to 250,000  shares of authorized  but unissued  common stock and 125,000
     shares of restricted common stock.  Stock options are to be granted with an
     exercise  price  greater  than or equal to the stock's fair market value at
     the date of grant.  Options  generally vest 25% after one year and 25% each
     year thereafter until fully vested. Such options typically expire after ten
     years. In addition, AvTel had other options which had been granted prior to
     the  adoption  of the  AvTel  1997  Plan.  After  the  Share  Exchange  all
     outstanding options became obligations of the Company.

     Matrix options -- Periodically,  the Board of Matrix approved stock options
     for certain  officers and employees.  Stock option  transactions  of Matrix
     prior to the Share  Exchange are reflected in the table below.  At the time
     of the Share  Exchange,  Matrix had 22,338 options  outstanding to purchase
     its common  stock.  In  connection  with the Share  Exchange,  the  Company
     reissued  these stock options and they vested  immediately.  These reissued
     options expire in December 2002.

                                      F-18

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements






     The per share weighted  average fair value of stock options  granted during
     1995 was $1.67 on the date of the grant  using the Black  Scholes  option -
     pricing model with the following  weighted-average  assumptions:  risk-free
     interest rate of 7.0%, and an expected life of 20 years.

     The Company  applies APB  Opinion No. 25 in  accounting  for the AvTel 1997
     Plan  and  the  Matrix  options  discussed  above;  and,  accordingly,   no
     compensation  cost has been  recognized  for its  stock  options  issued to
     employees  in the  financial  statements.  For  stock  options  granted  to
     nonemployees,  the Company accounts for such options in accordance with the
     requirements of SFAS No. 123. Had the Company determined  compensation cost
     based on the fair  value at the  grant  date for  stock  options  issued to
     employees under SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss in 1997 and 1995 would
     have been  increased by  approximately  $5,000 and net income in 1996 would
     have been decreased by approximately $5,000.

     Best Connections, Inc. options -- As discussed in note 2 as a result of the
     Matrix  combination with Best, Matrix assumed the obligation to issue stock
     options to Best's agents under Best's 1997 Option Plan. Effective as of the
     date of  combination,  July 1, 1997,  1,292,000  options to purchase Matrix
     common  shares  were  granted to Best  agents at $1.50 per share which will
     result in aggregate  commission expense of approximately  $764,000 over the
     vesting period.  The option price per share was $1.50.  The agents' options
     become  exercisable  no later than  December  31, 1999 and may be exercised
     earlier based on qualified billings of long distance customers generated by
     the agents during six month measurement  periods.  After the Share Exchange
     such options became  obligations  of the Company.  As of December 31, 1997,
     421,343  options have been earned  under the Plan and the Company  recorded
     expense  totaling  approximately  $249,000 related to such options based on
     qualified  billings  for 1997.  In January  1998,  311,985 of such  options
     became  exercisable.  Options generally expire two years from the date they
     become exercisable or sixty days subsequent to termination of employment.

     The per share weighted  average fair value of stock options granted on July
     1, 1997 was $.59 on the date of the grant using the Black Scholes  option -
     pricing model with the  following  weighted-average  assumptions:  expected
     volatility of 30%, risk-free interest rate of 6.0%, and an expected life of
     3.5 years.

     Best  Connections,  Inc.  options and  restricted  stock  agreements  -- As
     discussed in note 2 as a result of the Matrix combination with Best, Matrix
     assumed the obligation to issue stock options,  consisting of Matrix common
     shares owned by Best, to employees of affiliated companies.  Effective July
     15, 1997, the Company issued 247,500 options to purchase an equal number of
     shares of its common stock, at $1.50 per share subject to the provisions of
     a Restricted Stock Agreement. The stock options expire if unexercised after
     December 15, 2002. The Restricted Stock Agreement includes a call provision
     by the Company that lapses ten percent each six months  beginning  December
     15, 1997 through June 15, 2002

                                      F-19

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





     or fully lapses in the event of death or permanent disability of the option
     holder. The call price is equal to the initial purchase price of $1.50 plus
     the  aggregate  amount of net  income  or loss per  share  for each  fiscal
     quarter  beginning after December 15, 1997. In no event will the call price
     be less than the initial purchase price. The Company is recognizing expense
     over the life of the options in accordance  with the provisions of SFAS No.
     123 and, during 1997, the Company recorded expense of $499,000. At December
     31,  1997,  no options  had been  exercised  and  therefore  no shares were
     subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement.

     The per share  weighted  average  fair  value of stock  options  granted on
     December  15,  1997 was  $6.88 on the date of the  grant  using  the  Black
     Scholes  option  -  pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted-average
     assumptions:  expected  volatility of 30%, risk-free interest rate of 6.0%,
     and an expected life of five years.

     Stock option activity is as follows:

                                                                Weighted average
                                                                     Exercise
                                                       Options         Price
                                                    ----------      ---------
Outstanding at December 31, 1994                          --        $     --
       Granted                                          53,607           2.24
                                                                    ---------
Outstanding at December 31, 1995                        53,607           2.24
       Canceled                                        (31,269)          2.24
                                                                    ---------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996                        22,338           2.24
       AvTel options outstanding at time of
           Share Exchange                              255,109           4.52
       Granted                                       1,539,500           1.50
       Exercised                                       (15,000)          3.50
                                                                    ---------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997                     1,801,947           1.78
                                                    ==========      =========

Exercisable at December 31, 1995                          --        $     --
Exercisable at December 31, 1996                         3,574           2.24
Exercisable at December 31, 1997                       349,972           2.21

     Total expense recorded for stock based awards during 1997 was $748,884.

     The following  table  summarizes  certain  information  about the Company's
     stock options at December 31, 1997.

                                      F-20


                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               Options Outstanding                              Options Exercisable
                               -------------------                              -------------------
                                       Weighted
                                        average         Weighted
        Range of        Number of      remaining         average               Number of        Weighted average
     exercise prices     options    contractual life  exercise price       options exercisable   exercise price
     ---------------   ---------   ----------------   --------------       -------------------   --------------
<S>  <C>               <C>         <C>                <C>                  <C>                   <C>               <C>      
     $   1.00 - 3.00   1,756,674      3.8 years          $  1.64                  310,949           $    1.56
         4.00 - 6.00      28,097      6.4                   4.89                   21,847                4.86
            8.00           5,429      9.1                   8.00                    5,429                8.00
           12.00          11,747      8.8                  12.00                   11,747               12.00

</TABLE>

(8)  Proforma Net Loss per Common Share 

          In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS
          128,  Earnings per Share.  SFAS 128  supersedes the earnings per share
          calculation  methods  of APB 15,  effective  for  annual  and  interim
          periods  ending  after  December  15, 1997.  In  accordance  with this
          standard,  the net loss per share amount  presented  on the  Company's
          Consolidated  Statement of  Operations  for 1997 have been  calculated
          using the measurement provisions of SFAS 128.

          The  following  data show amounts used in computing net loss per share
          under the provisions of SFAS 128.

                                                                        1997
                                                                   ------------

Net loss                                                           $(10,191,720)
Less preferred dividends                                                  5,540
                                                                   ------------
  Loss applicable to common shareholders                           $(10,197,260)
                                                                   ============

Proforma weighted average number of common shares
  used in basic and diluted net loss per common share                 8,267,296

Net loss per common share -
  Basic and diluted                                                $      (1.23)
                                                                   ============

          Per  share  amounts  are not  reflected  for  1996 and 1995 due to the
          recapitalization of the Company as a result of the reverse acquisition
          in 1997.



                                      F-21

                                                                     (Continued)


<PAGE>





AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





     For the  period  prior to the  reverse  acquisition,  the  number of shares
     outstanding  of  Matrix  multiplied  by the  exchange  ratio  was  used  to
     calculate the weighted  average number of shares  outstanding for pro forma
     purposes. Basic and diluted proforma net loss per common share are equal as
     assuming   conversion  of   potentially   dilutive   securities   would  be
     antidilutive.  At December  31, 1997,  the Company has 509,947  outstanding
     options at a  weighted-average  exercise  price per share of $2.49 (note 7)
     and 207,700 shares of preferred stock which are  convertible  into an equal
     number of shares of common stock (note 4). The potentially  dilutive effect
     of these  securities has not been  considered in the computation of diluted
     net loss per common share since their effect would be antidilutive.

(9)  Leasing Activities and Other Commitments

     The Company  leases  office  space and various  equipment  under  operating
     leases  expiring in various  years  through  2001.  In the normal course of
     business,  operating  leases are  generally  renewed or  replaced  by other
     leases.  Total rental expenses were $245,000 in 1997,  $325,000 in 1996 and
     $239,000  in  1995.  Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  noncancelable
     operating  leases (with  initial or remaining  lease terms in excess of one
     year) and future  minimum  capital  lease  payments as of December 31, 1997
     are: 1998 - $353,000; 1999 - $353,000; 2000 - $329,000 and 2001 - 68,000.

     Substantially  all of the Company's  switching and transmission  facilities
     have  been  provided  by  two  suppliers   under   negotiated   contractual
     agreements.  The  Company  purchases  long  distance  services  at  certain
     per-minute  rates,  which vary  depending on the time and type of call.  At
     December 31, 1997, there are outstanding  contractual agreements committing
     the Company to $6,773,000 minimum usage for 1998.

(10) Contingencies

     The  Company  presently  has  contingent  liabilities  relating  to various
     lawsuits and other matters  related to the conduct of its business.  On the
     basis of information  furnished by counsel and others,  management believes
     these   contingencies  upon  resolution  will  not  materially  affect  the
     financial condition or results of operations of the Company.



                                      F-22




<PAGE>
AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995

                            Balance at                                Balance at
                             beginning                                  end of
   Description               of period  Additions (a)  Deductions (b)   period

Allowance for doubtful
   accounts - year ended
   December 31, 1997        $  627,000  1,829,770       1,474,770      982,000
                            ==========  =========       =========      =======

Allowance for doubtful
   accounts - year ended
   December 31, 1996        $  730,000  1,461,471       1,564,471      627,000
                            ==========  =========       =========      =======

Allowance for doubtful
   accounts - year ended
   December 31, 1995        $  789,000  1,955,842       2,014,842      730,000
                            ==========  =========       =========      =======




(a)         Charged to costs and expense
(b)         Accounts written off









                                      F-23






<PAGE>




                         EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number           Title of Document                             Page Number
- ----  ---------------------------------------------------      -----------

2.1  Acquisition Agreement, dated as of August 30, 1996, by
     and among Hi-Tiger International, Inc., a Utah
     corporation, AvTel  Communications, Inc., a Utah
     corporation, and AvTel Holdings, Inc., a California
     corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to
     Registrant's Information Statement on Schedule 14C dated
     October 2, 1996).

2.2  Amendment No.1 to Acquisition Agreement, dated October
     22, 1996, among Hi-Tiger International, Inc., AvTel
     Communications, Inc. and AvTel Holdings, Inc.
     (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Registrant's
     Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 23, 1996).

2.3  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated November 20,
     1996 between the Registrant and Silicon Beach
     Communications, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
     Exhibit 10.04 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
     for the year ended September 30, 1996).

2.4  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1997,
     by and among the Registrant, Hi, Tiger, Inc., WestNet
     Communications, Inc., Theodore E. Padova, Howard M.
     Tamaroff and Christiana G. Bryson, Hallas Color Photo
     Lab, Inc., dba Image Source, Inc., Joseph P. and Lisa
     Gerardin, James D. Hennigan, Kathleen Sweeney Jonsson
     and Alan J. Noelle.  (Incorporated by reference to
     Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K
     dated February 21, 1997).

2.5  Stock Exchange Agreement, dated as of April 29, 1997, by
     and between the Registrant and Matrix Telecom, Inc.
     (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to Registrant's
     Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 30, 1997).

2.6  Amendment to Stock Exchange Agreement, dated as of August
     25, 1997, by and between AvTel Communications, Inc. and
     Matrix Telecom, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
     Exhibit 2 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
     August 25, 1997).

2.7  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 3,
     1997, between AvTel Communications, Inc., a Delaware
     corporation and AvTel Communications, Inc., a Utah
     corporation.  (Incorporated  by  reference to
     Exhibit 2.7 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
     for the year ended September 30, 1997).








<PAGE>





3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.  (Incorporated by reference
     to Exhibit 3.1 to  Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the year
     ended September 30, 1997).

3.2  Bylaws of the Registrant. (Incorporated
     by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to  Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB
     for the year ended September 30, 1997).

10.1 Rights  Agreements  dated  October 23,  1996,  between the  Registrant  and
     holders  of  the  Registrant's   Series  A  Convertible   Preferred  Stock.
     (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's Current Report on
     Form 8-K dated October 23, 1996).

10.2 Employment  Agreement,  dated as of August 1, 1996,  between the Registrant
     and  Anthony E.  Papa.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01 to
     Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended September 30,
     1996).

10.3 Employment  Agreement,  dated as of August 1, 1996,  between the Registrant
     and  James P.  Pisani.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01 to
     Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended September 30,
     1996).

10.4 Employment Agreement, dated as of November 20, 1996, between the Registrant
     and  Frank   Dziuba.   (Incorporated   by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to
     Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended September 30,
     1997).

10.5 Employment Agreement,  dated as of January 27, 1997, between the Registrant
     and D. Stephen DeWindt,  as amended.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
     10.5 to  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form  10-KSB  for the year  ended
     September 30, 1997).

10.6 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.  (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit A to the
     Registrant's  definitive  Proxy  Statement on Schedule 14A dated January 8,
     1997.)

10.7 Registration  Rights and Lockup  Agreement dated December 1, 1997,  between
     the Registrant and Matrix Telecom,  Inc., on behalf of the  stockholders of
     Matrix,  (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4 to  Registrant's  Current
     Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 1997).

10.8 Triple Net Real Property Lease (Multi-Tenant Building) dated as of February
     16,  1998,  by and  between  Bath Street  Partners,  a  California  limited
     partnership and the Company.

10.9 Commercial Lease Agreement dated February 28, 1995,
     Matrix Telecom, Inc. and Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.,
     as amended by Lease Modification Agreement dated March 2,
     1995.







<PAGE>






10.10 Resale Solutions Switched Services Agreement dated March 12,
      1998, between Matrix Telecom, Inc. and Sprint Communications
      Company L.P.

10.11 IXplus  License  Agreement  dated as of April  23,  1991,  between  Matrix
      Telecom and Electronic Data Systems  Corporation,  as amended by Amendment
      Number One dated as of October 1, 1992.

21   List of Subsidiaries.

23 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

27   Financial Data Schedule.




<PAGE>






                                  EXHIBIT 10.8

                         TRIPLE NET REAL PROPERTY LEASE
                             (Multi-Tenant Building)



     THIS TRIPLE NET REAL  PROPERTY  LEASE (this  "Lease"),  dated for reference
purposes  only as of February 16, 1998,  is made and entered into by and between
BATH STREET PARTNERS,  a California  limited  partnership (the "Landlord"),  and
AVTEL  COMMUNICATIONS,   INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Tenant"),  who,
intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1.   LEASED PREMISES

     Landlord leases to Tenant,  and Tenant leases from Landlord,  those certain
premises  identified  as the entire first floor of the  building  located at 505
Bath Street, Santa Barbara, California (the "Building"), as depicted on the Plot
Plan  attached  as  Exhibit  A (the  "Premises"),  together  with  all  fixtures
presently  located  in the  Premises,  upon the terms and  conditions  set forth
below.  Landlord and Tenant  acknowledge and agree that the Premises  consist of
6,978 square feet. The Premises do not include  approximately  1,317 square feet
on the first floor of the Building  comprised  of the stair and elevator  wells,
pump rooms, back reception area, the electric room, and the mail room.

     1.1  Acceptance  of  Condition.  Landlord  shall  remove  all of the  prior
tenant's  furnishings prior to the Commencement  Date. The Premises are accepted
"AS IS" by Tenant,  after  Tenant's  inspection,  in the condition in which they
exist as of the execution of this Lease.  Tenant  acknowledges that there are no
warranties, express or implied, made by Landlord with regard to the Premises.

     1.2 Parking.  Tenant shall have the nonexclusive  right, in common with the
other tenants of the Building,  to use parking spaces used by all tenants of the
Building.  Prior to the  Commencement  Date,  Landlord  shall cause all existing
reserved spaces for the Building to be relocated or eliminated.

     1.3 Phone Room.  Landlord  shall have  reasonable  access to the main phone
room in the  Premises  with 24  hours'  prior  notice  except in the event of an
emergency.  Tenant may relocate the other tenant's phone and computer  equipment
from this room at Tenant's  expense and with  Landlord's  prior  approval of the
relocation site.

     1.4  New  Address.   Tenant  shall,   within  ninety  (90)  days  from  the
Commencement  Date,  take such  actions as may be necessary to obtain a separate
street address for the Premises.  From and after the date that a separate street
address is obtained for the Premises,  the Premises  shall be deemed to refer to
such new street address.

2.   TERM

     2.1 Initial Term. The term of this Lease (the "Term") shall commence thirty
(30)  days  from  the  execution  of this  Lease by  Landlord  and  Tenant  (the
"Commencement  Date").  The Term shall expire upon the passage of five (5) years
from that date, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Lease.

     2.2 Options to Extend.  Landlord hereby grants to Tenant,  on the terms and
conditions set forth below, one (1) conditional  option (the "Option") to extend
the term of this Lease for an additional  period of five (5) years (the "Renewal
Term").  The  Renewal  Term shall be subject  to all of the  provisions  of this
Lease.  Landlord has no duty whatsoever to advise or remind Tenant of its rights
hereunder. The right of Tenant to exercise the Renewal Term to extend the




<PAGE>



term of the Lease is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions
precedent:

          2.2.1 The Lease  shall be in effect at the time  notice of exercise is
given and on the last day of the expiring term of the Lease;

          2.2.2  Landlord  shall not,  in good  faith,  have at any time  served
Tenant  with a  three-day  notice to pay rent or quit under  California  Code of
Civil Procedure Section 1161 during the preceding term of the Lease;

          2.2.3      Tenant shall not be in default at the time notice of
exercise is given or on the last day of the then-expiring term of the Lease; and

          2.2.4  Tenant  shall  have  given  notice of  exercise  of its  Option
pursuant to this  Section 2.2 not less than one hundred  eighty  days,  nor more
than two hundred ten days, prior to the expiration of the then-expiring  term of
this Lease.

3.    RENT

     Commencing thirty days from the Commencement  Date (the "Rent  Commencement
Date"),  Tenant  shall pay to Landlord  the  minimum  monthly  rent  provided in
Section 3.1, all Operating Costs provided in Section 3.2, and any other payments
required under the terms of this Lease,  without set-off or reduction.  All such
sums owing under this Lease shall be  considered  additional  rent  ("Rent") and
shall be payable at Landlord's  office  identified on the signature page of this
Lease. Minimum monthly rent and all additional Rent shall be payable in advance,
commencing on the Rent  Commencement  Date,  and  continuing on the first day of
each  month  thereafter  during the term of this  Lease,  without  reduction  or
set-off (except as otherwise  expressly provided in Section 3.5). Upon execution
of this Lease,  Tenant shall prepay the first month's  minimum monthly rent that
would  otherwise  be  due  on  the  Rent  Commencement  Date.  Should  the  Rent
Commencement  Date be a date other than the first day of a month,  then the rent
due on the  Rent  Commencement  Date  shall  be  prorated,  on  the  basis  of a
thirty-day  month,  for the number of days  between the Rent  Commencement  Date
(including  the  Commencement  Date)  and the end of the month in which the Rent
Commencement Date occurs.

     3.1  Minimum Monthly Rent.

          3.1.1 The minimum monthly rent payable from the Rent Commencement Date
through the  expiration of the first twelve (12) months of the Term shall be One
Dollar and Seventy  Cents  ($1.70) per square  foot,  or Eleven  Thousand  Eight
Hundred Sixty-Two Dollars and Sixty Cents ($11,862.60).

          3.1.2 The minimum  monthly rent shall be adjusted upon the  expiration
of the first year of the Term and each year thereafter.  Commencing on the first
day of the thirteenth  month of the Term (the  "Adjustment  Date"),  the parties
shall ascertain from the official  Consumer's Price Index for Urban Wage Earners
and Clerical Workers,  All Items, for the Los Angeles,  Anaheim-Riverside  area,
1982-1984=100  Base,  as published  by the United  States  Department  of Labor,
Bureau of Labor  Statistics  (the  "Index")  the Index figure for the month four
months  preceding  the  Commencement  Date  (the  "Base  Index"),  and  for  the
corresponding month prior to the Adjustment Date (the "Adjustment  Index").  The
minimum  monthly rent payable from each Adjustment Date until the next date upon
which  minimum  monthly  rent is  adjusted  as  provided  in this Lease shall be
determined  by  multiplying  the  minimum  monthly  rent  payable  at  the  Rent
Commencement Date by a fraction,  the numerator of which shall be the Adjustment
Index, and the denominator of which shall be the Base Index. Notwithstanding the
preceding,  in no event will the adjusted  minimum monthly rent be less than two
percent  (2%)  more  than  the  minimum  monthly  rent in  effect  prior  to the
Adjustment  Date, nor more than five percent (5%) more than the minimum  monthly
rent in effect prior to the Adjustment Date.





<PAGE>



               A. If the Index is no longer  published on the  Adjustment  Date,
then appropriate  reference  figures for the Base Index and the Adjustment Index
shall be derived from any successor or comparable  index mutually  agreed by the
parties  to be  authoritative.  If the  parties  are  unable to agree,  then the
substituted  index shall be selected  by the  then-presiding  judge of the Santa
Barbara County, California Superior Court upon the application of either party.

               B. The parties  acknowledge  that the Adjustment Index may not be
available on the  Adjustment  Date. In such event,  the minimum  monthly rent in
effect  immediately  prior to the Adjustment Date shall continue in effect until
the  appropriate  Index  figure  is  available.  At that  time,  an  appropriate
adjustment  shall be made  (retroactive to the Adjustment Date) between Landlord
and Tenant  with  respect to the minimum  monthly  rent  payable by Tenant.  Any
amounts  then  determined  to be owing by  Tenant to  Landlord  shall be paid by
Tenant within ten (10) days following  Landlord's  delivery to Tenant of written
notice of the  appropriate  adjustment.  No delay by Landlord in the delivery of
any such notice  shall  constitute  a waiver by Landlord of the right to receive
any rent owing.

          3.1.3 The minimum  monthly rent  payable  during the first year of the
Renewal Term shall be the greater of (a) the Fair Market  Rental of the Premises
upon the  commencement of any such Renewal Term, or (b) the minimum monthly rent
in effect  immediately  prior to the  expiration  of the  immediately  preceding
Initial Term. Such Fair Market Rental shall be determined in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 3.1.3.

               A. The following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this
Section 3.1.3:

                    (1) "Fair Market  Rental" means the price at which a willing
landlord and a willing  tenant would rent the  Premises,  or similar first class
premises having  comparable  visibility,  parking,  access and location that the
Premises have,  neither being under abnormal  pressure to rent. For the purposes
of determining such Fair Market Rental, it shall be assumed that the Tenant will
not require that any tenant  improvements  be made to the Premises in connection
with its  occupancy.  The Fair  Market  Rental  shall be  determined  by  giving
appropriate  consideration to rental rates per rentable square foot, the type of
escalation  clauses contained in leases for comparable  premises,  the length of
the Renewal Term,  the fact that this Lease is a Triple Net Lease,  the location
of the Premises being leased and other generally applicable terms and conditions
of leases for comparable premises.

                    (2)  "Qualified  Appraiser"  shall  mean a  State  certified
general real estate appraiser  qualified for commercial lease rental  appraisals
of the type of property and the  improvements  then comprising the Premises with
at least five years' full-time  commercial appraisal experience in Santa Barbara
County.

               B.  Commencing  six months prior to the expiration of the Initial
Term, if Tenant has properly exercised its Option for the Renewal Term, Landlord
and Tenant shall  attempt to agree upon the Fair Market  Rental for the Premises
within  fifteen  days.  If  Landlord  and  Tenant are able to agree on such Fair
Market  Rental,  the amount so agreed upon shall  become the Fair Market  Rental
upon the commencement of the Renewal Term.

               C. If  Landlord  and Tenant  fail to agree  upon the Fair  Market
Rental within the  fifteen-day  period set forth in  Subsection  B, above,  then
within ten days following the  expiration of such  fifteen-day  period  Landlord
shall appoint a Qualified  Appraiser,  at its sole cost and expense, to appraise
the Fair  Market  Rental  of the  Premises  within  thirty  days  following  the
appointment of the appraiser. Following such determination,  Landlord shall give
notice to Tenant of the appraised Fair Market Rental of the Premises.  If Tenant
does not dispute such appraised Fair Market Rental, it shall be the Fair Market




<PAGE>



Rental  upon the  commencement  of the Renewal  Term.  If Tenant  disputes  such
appraised Fair Market Rental,  then within ten days after the delivery of notice
of such Fair  Market  Rental  delivered  by  Landlord,  Tenant  shall  appoint a
Qualified  Appraiser,  at its sole cost and expense, to appraise the Fair Market
Rental of the Premises  within  thirty days  following  the  appointment  of the
second  appraiser.  Within  ten days  following  the  completion  of the  second
appraisal,  the two appraisers so appointed  shall endeavor to agree upon a Fair
Market Rental for the Premises.

               D. If such two appraisers are able to agree as to the Fair Market
Rental of the  Premises  within  ten days after the  second  appraisal  has been
completed,  then the  appraisers  shall so inform  Landlord  and Tenant of their
decision,  and such agreed upon Fair Market  Rental shall become the Fair Market
Rental upon the  commencement of the Renewal Term. If such appraisers are unable
to agree on the Fair Market Rental for the Premises  within such ten-day period,
then the  appraisers  shall,  within five days of the expiration of such ten-day
period,  designate  a third  Qualified  Appraiser  and give  written  notice  to
Landlord  and  Tenant of their  inability  to agree and the Fair  Market  Rental
proposed by each  appraiser.  Such notice shall also specify the third Qualified
Appraiser  designated  by such two  appraisers.  Either  Landlord  or Tenant may
appoint such designated third Qualified Appraiser to assist in the determination
of Fair Market Rental by delivering written notice of such election to the other
within five days of the  expiration of such ten-day  period without an agreement
as to the  Fair  Market  Rental  by the  two  Qualified  Appraisers.  If a third
Qualified Appraiser is appointed, then the fees and costs of the third appraiser
shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant.

               E. Upon appointment of the third Qualified  Appraiser,  the three
appraisers shall meet and attempt to reach agreement upon the Fair Market Rental
for the Premises for the Renewal Term within the ten-day  period  following  the
appointment of the third Qualified Appraiser.  If the three Qualified Appraisers
are able to reach  unanimous  agreement  regarding the Fair Market  Rental,  the
agreed  upon Fair Market  Rental  shall  become the Fair Market  Rental upon the
commencement of the Renewal Term. If the three  Qualified  Appraisers are unable
to agree upon the Fair Market Rental,  then the Third Qualified  Appraiser shall
appraise the Fair Market Rental of the Premises within thirty days following the
expiration  of such  ten-day  period.  On or  prior  to the  expiration  of such
thirty-day period, the three Qualified Appraisers shall give Landlord and Tenant
written notice of their inability to agree and the Fair Market Rentals  proposed
by each appraiser.  If the highest appraised Fair Market Rental is more than one
hundred five percent (105%) of the middle appraised Fair Market Rental, then the
highest  appraised  Fair  Market  Rental  shall be  disregarded.  If the  lowest
appraised  Fair  Market  Rental is less than  ninety-five  percent  (95%) of the
middle  appraised  Fair Market  Rental,  then the lowest  appraised  Fair Market
Rental shall be disregarded.  If there is then only one remaining appraised Fair
Market Rental,  it shall be the Fair Market Rental upon the  commencement of the
Renewal  Term. If there is then more than one  remaining  appraised  Fair Market
Rental,  the remaining  appraised  Fair Market Rentals shall be averaged and the
average of such  appraised  Fair Market  Rentals shall be the Fair Market Rental
upon the commencement of the Renewal Term.

               F. If the appraisal  proceedings provided for in this Section are
not complete prior to the  commencement  of the Renewal Term,  then Tenant shall
pay the minimum  monthly rent in effect  immediately  prior to such Renewal Term
until the appraisal  proceedings  have been completed and a new minimum  monthly
rent is determined.  Once the new minimum  monthly rent has been  determined,  a
retroactive  adjustment  to  such  rent  shall  be  made,  effective  as of  the
commencement  date of the Renewal Term.  Within ten days after the date on which
the new  minimum  monthly  rent has been  determined,  (1) Tenant  shall pay any
deficiency  owing to  Landlord,  and (2)  Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a
written  agreement  setting forth the minimum monthly rent upon the commencement
of the Renewal Term.





<PAGE>



               G. Following the  establishment  of the minimum monthly rent upon
the  commencement  of the  Renewal  Term,  such  minimum  monthly  rent shall be
adjusted as provided herein. The adjustment shall be made in accordance with the
provisions  of  Section  3.1.2,  with  the  following  modifications:   (1)  all
references  to the "Initial  Term" shall be deemed to refer to the Renewal Term;
(2) the term  "Commencement  Date"  shall  refer to the first day of the Renewal
Term; and (3) the term "Rent  Commencement Date" shall be deemed to refer to the
first day of such Renewal Term.

     3.2  Common Area Expenses; Operating Costs.

          3.2.1 In addition to any other  payments due under this Lease,  Tenant
shall pay to Landlord,  as additional rent, Tenant's monthly proportionate share
of Landlord's  estimated total Operating Costs.  Such payments shall commence on
the Rent Commencement Date and continue  thereafter through the end of the Term.
For the purposes of this Lease, the term "Operating  Costs" shall mean all costs
and expenses  whatsoever  incurred or accrued by Landlord in connection with the
ownership,  operation,  maintenance, repair and improvement of the Premises, the
common  areas,  the  Building  and the land upon which the  Building is situated
(collectively,  the "Property"),  except as otherwise  specifically  provided in
this  Lease.  Tenant's  proportionate  share of the total  Operating  Costs (the
"Tenant's  Proportionate  Share") shall be forty-three  percent (43%).  Landlord
estimates that Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs will be $0.50
per square foot per month. In no event shall Tenant's Proportionate Share of the
Operating  Costs for the  calendar  year 1998  exceed  $0.60 per square foot per
month.  After the  calendar  year 1998,  the  foregoing  limitation  of Tenant's
Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs shall not apply.

               A.  Operating  Costs for any  portion  of  Landlord's  accounting
period not included within the Term, or occurring prior to the Rent Commencement
Date, shall be prorated on the basis of a 360-day year.

               B.  The  accounting  period  for  determining   Landlord's  total
Operating  Costs shall be the calendar  year,  except that the first  accounting
period  shall  commence on the Rent  Commencement  Date and the last  accounting
period shall end on the date the Term expires or Lease otherwise terminates.

          3.2.2 Tenant shall pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Costs
as additional rent owing in the manner provided in this Section 3.2.2.

               A. Landlord may furnish to Tenant,  on the Rent Commencement Date
and at the commencement of each accounting  period, an estimate of the Operating
Costs reasonably  anticipated by Landlord for the ensuing  accounting  period or
the  remainder  of such  accounting  period,  and Tenant's  Proportionate  Share
thereof,  calculated on a monthly basis. If Tenant's  Proportionate Share of the
actual Operating Costs for the preceding accounting period exceeds the estimated
payments made by Tenant, then Tenant shall pay any deficiency to Landlord within
ten (10) days  after  Tenant's  receipt  of  Landlord's  statement.  Should  the
estimated payments made by Tenant during the preceding  accounting period exceed
Tenant's  Proportionate  Share of the  Operating  Costs,  Landlord  shall credit
Tenant the excess  through  reductions  to the  subsequent  accounting  period's
payments of Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating Costs due from Tenant.

               B.   Alternatively,   Landlord   may  bill  Tenant  for  Tenant's
Proportionate Share of the actual Operating Costs incurred by Landlord. Any such
bill shall be made in arrears for Operating  Costs incurred during the preceding
month,  and shall be due and payable within ten (10) days following  delivery of
such bill.  The expiration of the Term shall not affect  Tenant's  obligation to
pay its Proportionate  Share of Operating Costs accrued during the last month of
the Term.





<PAGE>



          3.2.3  As used  herein,  the term  "Operating  Costs"  shall  include,
without limitation,  all amounts paid or incurred by Landlord for: real property
taxes and assessments, as provided in Section 4, and other taxes and assessments
of any nature levied and assessed against Landlord on account of, and/or against
the, Property;  repair,  remodeling,  renovation,  replacement,  improvement and
operation of the Property, including, without limitation,  wiring, machinery and
equipment,  plumbing,  sewers,  the roof, load bearing  exterior walls,  joists,
supports,   subflooring,   gutters,   downspouts,   heating,   ventilating   and
air-conditioning,  glass and doors, and reasonable  reserves pertaining thereto;
Landlord's  reasonable  costs of supervision and  administration,  including the
costs of any property manager engaged by Landlord; attorneys' fees and costs not
relating  to  a  particular  tenant  or  lease;  maintenance  of  the  Property,
including,  without  limitation,  costs of resurfacing and repainting,  costs of
security,  cleaning, sweeping, and other services, supplies, policing, purchase,
construction,  location, and maintenance of refuse receptacles,  maintaining and
operating the heating,  ventilating,  and air-conditioning equipment and related
distribution  facilities and controls  providing  climatic control of the common
areas, the Building and the Premises,  planting and  relandscaping,  maintaining
directional  signs and other  markers  and  lighting;  premiums  and  deductible
amounts payable on insurance  purchased by Landlord as provided herein;  and all
costs of  utilities  used in  connection  with the  maintenance,  operation  and
management  of the  Property  that are not  separately  metered  and  billed  to
particular tenants.


          3.2.4  Landlord shall keep at its principal  place of business,  full,
accurate and separate books of account showing  Landlord's  Operating Costs. The
statements of Landlord to Tenant shall  accurately  reflect the total  Operating
Costs shown on such books of account.  These books of account  shall be retained
by  Landlord  for at least six (6)  months  after  the close of each  accounting
period.  Tenant  shall  have the right at  reasonable  times  during the Term to
inspect these books of account.

          3.2.5  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Landlord reserves the right to
bill Tenant  promptly  for any  surcharge  or penalty  incurred by Landlord as a
result of  utilities  in the  Premises or the Building in which the Premises are
located. If such surcharge or penalty pertains to the Premises, Tenant shall pay
all of such penalty or surcharge.  If such  surcharge or penalty  relates to the
Building or common  area,  Tenant shall pay its pro rata  portion.  Such payment
shall be payable in full prior to the  expiration  of thirty  (30) days from the
date  Landlord  delivers  such a  statement  of the amount of the  surcharge  to
Tenant.

     3.3 Late  Payment  Charges.  If Tenant  fails to make any  payment  of rent
within five (5) days of the date when such payment  first becomes due, or if any
check  tendered to  Landlord by Tenant is returned to Landlord by Tenant's  bank
for insufficient  funds, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  in addition to such
payment,  a late charge in the amount of five  percent (5%) of the rent or other
payment due. The parties agree this late payment charge is a reasonable estimate
of  the  amount  necessary  to  reimburse   damages  and  additional  costs  not
contemplated  by  this  Lease  that  Landlord  will  incur  as a  result  of the
delinquent  payment or  returned  check,  including  processing  and  accounting
charges and late  charges  that may be imposed on  Landlord by its lender.  Upon
notice of  nonpayment  given by Landlord to Tenant,  the entire amount then due,
including such late charge,  shall  thereafter bear interest at the highest rate
permitted  by law on the  due  date  for  such  payment,  until  paid  in  full.
Landlord's  acceptance  of any payment shall not  constitute  waiver of any late
charges or interest which may be due.

     3.4 Security Deposit. On execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with
Landlord  Eleven  Thousand  Eight  Hundred  Sixty-Two  Dollars  and Sixty  Cents
($11,862.60), as a security deposit (the "Security Deposit") for the performance
by Tenant of the provisions of this Lease. If Tenant is in default, Landlord may
use the  Security  Deposit,  or any  portion  of it, to cure the  default  or to
compensate Landlord for all damage sustained by Landlord resulting from Tenant's




<PAGE>



default. Tenant shall immediately on demand pay to Landlord any amounts required
to maintain the  Security  Deposit in the amount  required to be deposited  with
Landlord.  Upon the adjustment of any minimum  monthly rent owing,  Tenant shall
deposit with Landlord such sum as necessary to maintain the Security  Deposit in
the same  proportion  to the  minimum  monthly  rent then owing as the  original
Security   Deposit  bore  to  the  initial  minimum  monthly  rent.   Landlord's
obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not a
trustee.  Landlord may maintain  the  Security  Deposit  separate and apart from
Landlord's  general funds or may commingle the Security  Deposit with Landlord's
general and other funds.  Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant  interest
on the Security  Deposit.  In the event of bankruptcy  or other  debtor-creditor
proceedings  against  Tenant,  the Security  Deposit shall be offset against any
unpaid rent. If Tenant is not in default at the  termination of this Lease,  and
after Tenant has vacated the Premises,  then Landlord  shall return the Security
Deposit,  less any  damages,  to Tenant (or at  Landlord's  option,  to the last
assignee, if any, of Tenant's interest).

     3.5 Temporary Rent Abatement. Provided that Tenant is not in default of its
obligations under this Lease, minimum monthly rent shall abate for the first six
(6) months for which rent is payable in the amount of Four  Thousand Six Hundred
Fifty-Two  Dollars  ($4,652) per month, for total rent abatement of Twenty-Seven
Thousand Nine Hundred Twelve Dollars ($27,912) (i.e.,  6,978 square feet x $4.00
per square foot).

4.   PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

     4.1 Personal Property Taxes.  Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes
assessed against any personal property of Tenant installed or located in or upon
the Premises and that are  attributable  to any period included within the Term,
whether or not such taxes are actually payable during the Term.

     4.2 Real Property  Taxes.  In addition to all other rent payable by Tenant,
Tenant agrees to pay as additional  rent  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share of real
property taxes levied and assessed against the Property.  Such payments shall be
made as a part of Tenant's payments of Tenant's Proportionate Share of Operating
Costs,  as provided above.  Real property taxes for any fractional  portion of a
fiscal  year  included  in the Term shall be  prorated on the basis of a 360-day
year.

     4.3 Taxes Defined;  Special  Assessments.  The term "real property taxes"as
used in this Section shall include, without limitation,  all taxes, assessments,
improvement bonds, levies and other governmental  charges,  general and special,
ordinary  and  extraordinary,  of any  kind and  nature  whatsoever,  levied  or
assessed against the Property,  or against Landlord as a result of its ownership
thereof,  including but not limited to,  assessments for public  improvements or
benefits that are levied or assessed  against the  Property,  and any changes in
taxes resulting from a change in ownership or other reassessment,  but excluding
franchise,  estate, inheritance,  succession,  capital levy, transfer, income or
excess profits tax imposed upon Landlord.  If at any time during the Term, under
the laws of  California,  or any  political  subdivision  thereof  in which  the
Premises are situated, a tax or excise on rents or other tax, however described,
is levied or assessed against Landlord on account of the rent expressly reserved
hereunder,  in  addition  to or as a  substitute  in whole or in part for  taxes
assessed or imposed by California or such  political  subdivision on land and/or
buildings,  such tax or excise shall be included  within the definition of "real
property taxes",  but only to the extent of the amount thereof which is lawfully
assessed or imposed as a direct result of Landlord's ownership of leases related
to the Property,  or of the rental  accruing under such leases.  With respect to
any  assessment  which may be levied  against or upon the  Property,  and which,
under the laws then in force, may be evidenced by improvement or other bonds, or
may be paid in installments,  Tenant shall be required to pay each year only the
amount of such  installments  as  Landlord  is  required to pay during such year
(with appropriate proration for any partial year) and shall have no




<PAGE>



obligation to continue such payments after the expiration of the Term.

5.   UTILITIES

     Tenant  shall pay when due all utility  charges when  separately  billed to
Tenant because of separate  installation or connection of service by Tenant. Any
utility, including,  without limitation,  refuse disposal, for which no separate
installation or connection can be made for Tenant,  shall be paid as prorated in
Landlord's  discretion among Tenants of the Building based on either  percentage
of leased space or estimated usage, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Tenant
shall  comply  with all  applicable  laws and  regulations  and rules  regarding
utilities.  The suspension or interruption  in utility  services to the Property
for reasons beyond Landlord's  ability to control shall not constitute a default
by Landlord or entitle Tenant to any reduction or abatement of rent.

6.   LANDLORD'S MANAGEMENT OF THE BUILDING

     6.1 Management of the Building.  Landlord shall have the right, at its sole
cost and expense, which will be reimbursed by Tenant as an Operating Cost:

          6.1.1 To close the common areas when and to the extent  necessary  for
maintenance  or  renovation  purposes  or to  prevent a  dedication  of any part
thereof or the accrual of any rights therein in favor of the public or any third
person;

          6.1.2  To  make  changes  to  the  common  areas,  including,  without
limitation, changes in the location or nature of entrances and exits;

          6.1.3  To  remodel  or  renovate  the  Property   and,  in  connection
therewith, to install pipes, supports,  utilities,  conduits,  ducts and similar
fixtures  beneath or through the  Premises,  provided  that such  remodeling  or
renovation does not substantially change the size,  dimension,  configuration or
nature of the Premises or unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use thereof; and

          6.1.4 To change the plan of the Building to the extent  necessary  for
its expansion,  or the remodeling or renovation  thereof, so long as the changes
do not substantially interfere with ingress to and egress from the Premises.

     6.2  Other  Tenants.  Landlord  reserves  the right to  effect  such  other
tenancies  in the Building as  Landlord,  in the  exercise of its sole  business
judgment, determines will best promote Landlord's interests. Tenant acknowledges
that Tenant does not rely on the fact, and Landlord does not represent, that any
specific  tenant,  or number or type of tenants,  shall  occupy any space in the
Building.

     6.3 Rules and  Regulations.  Landlord  shall have the  right,  from time to
time, to  promulgate,  amend and enforce  against all occupants of the Building,
reasonable  rules and  regulations  for the safety,  care and cleanliness of the
Building,  or for the preservation of good order. All such rules and regulations
shall apply without discrimination to all occupants and tenants in the Building.
Tenant agrees to conform to and abide by such rules and regulations. A violation
of any of them shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease.

     6.4 Tenant's Use of Premises. Tenant agrees that the Premises shall be used
and occupied only for general  office use, and for no other  purpose  whatsoever
without Landlord's prior written consent.  No exclusive rights regarding use are
granted.  Tenant  shall  neither  engage in nor  permit  others to engage in any
activity or conduct  that will cause the  cancellation  of or an increase in the
premium for any fire or other insurance maintained by Landlord.


     6.5  Compliance with Law.  Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and




<PAGE>



expense,  comply  promptly  and  at  all  times  with  all  laws,  requirements,
ordinances,  statutes,  and  regulations  of all  municipal,  state  or  federal
authorities,  or any  board of fire  insurance  underwriters,  or other  similar
bodies,  now in force,  or which may  hereafter be in force,  pertaining  to the
Building  and  the  Premises  and  the  occupancy  thereof,  including,  without
limitation, any law that requires alteration,  maintenance or improvement of the
Premises as the result of Tenant's use.

     6.6 Waste,  Nuisance.  Tenant shall not commit,  or suffer to be committed,
any waste of the  Premises,  or any  nuisance,  annoyance or other  unreasonable
annoyance  which  may  disturb  the quiet  enjoyment  of other  portions  of the
Building or the common areas by the owners or occupants.

7.   CARE AND MAINTENANCE

     7.1  Landlord's  Maintenance.  Except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,
Landlord  agrees to maintain  in good  condition  and repair (1) the  structural
components  of the  Building,  which  structural  components  are limited to the
foundation and the exterior walls;  (2) the common areas and the exterior of the
Building;  and  (3)  any  heating,  ventilating  and  air  conditioning  systems
furnished  by Landlord to the common areas or to the  Building.  All such costs,
whether  related to repairs,  replacements or  improvements,  shall be Operating
Costs.

     7.2  Tenant's Maintenance.  Except as otherwise provided in this Lease,
Tenant, at its own cost and expense, agrees:

          7.2.1 To  maintain  throughout  the Term in good and  sanitary  order,
condition  and  repair,  all  portions  of  the  Premises,   including,  without
limitation,  (1) the  interior  of the  Premises,  including  flooring,  exposed
plumbing and wiring, paint and finish; (2) any windows, lights or skylights; (3)
any  storefront  or portion of the  Premises  fronting on any common area or the
exterior of the  Building;  (4) any heating,  ventilating  and air  conditioning
which serves only the Premises; and (5) any personal property of Tenant situated
in or upon the Premises;

          7.2.2 To  notify  Landlord  promptly  of any  damage  to the  Premises
resulting from or attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant,  its invitees
or its authorized representatives, or any other party and thereafter to promptly
repair all such damage; and

          7.2.3 To keep the front of the Premises  adjacent to any property line
or common area,  any area adjacent  thereto,  and the refuse area used by Tenant
clean and neat at all times,  and to remove  immediately  therefrom  any litter,
debris or other unsightly or offensive matter placed or deposited thereon by
Tenant's agents or customers.

8.   IMPROVEMENT TO LEASED PREMISES

     Any  improvements  to the Premises shall be  constructed by Tenant,  or its
designated agent, at Tenant's sole cost and expense.  Tenant shall pay, prior to
delinquency, absolutely all costs for such improvements.

     8.1 Conditions to Commencement of Construction.  Before construction of the
improvements  is commenced on the  Premises,  and before any building  materials
have been  delivered  thereto  by or  pursuant  to the  authority  or request of
Tenant, Tenant shall comply with the following conditions,  or obtain Landlord's
prior written waiver thereof:

          8.1.1  Tenant  shall  prepare and deliver to Landlord  for  approval a
complete  set of all  preliminary  and  final  plans  and  specifications  to be
utilized by Tenant for the purpose of constructing the new improvements.  Tenant
must obtain the written approval of Landlord to the final plans and




<PAGE>



specifications  prior to the commencement of any construction  work. Tenant will
reimburse Landlord for Landlord's  architect's or contractor's charges to review
these plans.  Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold approval of the plans and
specifications. No review, inspection or approval by Landlord, or its architect,
shall relieve Tenant of any liability or create any obligation or responsibility
for Landlord.

          8.1.2 Tenant shall give  Landlord at least  fifteen (15) days' written
notice prior to (a) the commencement of construction of any tenant improvements,
or (b) the delivery of any building  materials to the site.  Landlord,  or, upon
request,  Tenant,  as the  agent of  Landlord,  shall  post on and  affix to the
Premises a "Notice of Non-Responsibility" in the name and on behalf of Landlord,
as provided in Sections 3094 and 3129 of the  California  Civil Code,  and shall
cause such Notice to be recorded promptly following posting in the Santa Barbara
County Recorder's Office.

          8.1.3 Tenant shall purchase and maintain in effect,  until a Notice of
Completion is filed and  recorded,  insurance  coverage for all-risk  "Builders'
Risk"  or  "Course  of  Construction"   insurance  and  "Worker's  Compensation"
insurance  covering all persons  employed in connection with the construction of
the  improvements  and with  respect to whom claims  could be  asserted  against
Landlord,  the  Building  or the  Premises.  Tenant  shall  furnish to  Landlord
certificates  of  such  insurance,  and  evidence  of the  payment  of  premiums
therefor,  and for any other insurance  required by the provisions of this Lease
to be furnished by Tenant.

          8.1.4  Tenant  shall pay,  when due, all claims for labor or materials
furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant.  Landlord reserves
the right to require Tenant to deliver to Landlord payment and performance bonds
in an amount equal to one hundred fifty percent  (150%) of the estimated cost of
the work undertaken by Tenant pursuant  hereto.  Tenant promptly shall cause the
elimination and removal of any mechanic's,  materialmen's or other liens arising
out of any improvements performed, materials furnished or obliga-

tions  incurred  by or on  behalf  of  Tenant  in  connection  with  any  tenant
improvements in accordance with Section 9.2.

     8.2 Construction of Improvements. Tenant warrants and covenants to Landlord
that:

          8.2.1 The  improvements  shall be of good quality and the  development
and  construction  work shall be  performed  in a good and  workmanlike  manner,
consistent with and comparable to standards of practice in the area in which the
Building is located for similar space of first-class construction;

          8.2.2  Tenant  shall  secure or cause to be secured  all  permits  and
licenses   necessary  for  the  proper   construction   and  completion  of  the
improvements,  and shall assume full responsibility for the compliance of Tenant
and the improvements with all governmental laws, codes, ordinances,  regulations
and standards applicable thereto; and

          8.2.3 The  improvements  shall be constructed  in accordance  with the
plans and specifications. All such improvements shall be completed by Tenant and
a certificate  of occupancy  for the Premises  shall be obtained by Tenant on or
before the  Commencement  Date.  Tenant  shall give  notice to  Landlord  of the
imminent  completion  of the  improvements  not less than ten (10) days prior to
their expected completion. Promptly upon completion of the improvements,  Tenant
shall  cause a "Notice  of  Completion"  as  described  in  Section  3093 of the
California  Civil Code, to be filed and recorded in the manner  provided by such
Section.

     8.3 Cooperation by Landlord.  Landlord agrees,  upon the request of Tenant,
to join with Tenant to execute and deliver such documents and instruments




<PAGE>



as may be  necessary  or proper  for  applying  for or  obtaining  any  permits,
licenses,  approvals  or  records  as may be  necessary  or  appropriate  to the
construction of the improvements  and operation of the Premises.  Landlord shall
incur no expense  and no  liability  as a result of such  cooperation.  Landlord
shall  have the right to approve  any  conditions  imposed  by any  governmental
agency in connection  with  obtaining any such  permits,  or other  documents or
approvals,  which may  impact the  Premises  separate  and apart  from  Tenant's
occupancy thereof, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably.

     8.4 Ownership of  Improvements.  All of Tenant's  improvements  constructed
hereunder, and all subsequent additions and alterations thereto and replacements
thereof,  shall be deemed  affixed to,  become and remain a part of the Premises
and shall not be removed,  encumbered,  transferred or materially altered except
as provided by this Lease.  Upon the  expiration of the Term, or upon the sooner
termination of this Lease, all of the improvements  other than Tenant's personal
property,  removable trade fixtures and equipment,  shall become the property of
Landlord without further obligation to Tenant.

9.   ALTERATIONS; LIENS

     9.1  Changes  by  Tenant.  Following  the  completion  of the  improvements
contemplated by Section 8, if any, any alterations,  additions,  improvements or
changes,  including any  remodeling or  redecorating,  that Tenant may desire to
make  in,  to or upon the  Premises,  shall be made at  Tenant's  sole  cost and
expense.  Prior to undertaking any such  alterations,  Tenant shall first submit
the plans and  specifications  therefor  to  Landlord  and obtain the consent of
Landlord thereto in writing. The parties' rights and obligations with respect to
such alterations, additions, improvements or changes shall be identical to those
rights and remedies  concerning  Tenant's  construction of improvements,  as set
forth in Section 8. Should Landlord so elect, any such  alterations,  additions,
improvements or changes shall become a part of the Premises at the expiration or
sooner  termination of the Lease,  and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the
expiration of the Term or the sooner  termination of this Lease.  Alternatively,
at any time  prior to the ten (10)  days  following  the  expiration  or  sooner
termination  of this Lease,  Landlord  may elect to have Tenant  remove any such
alterations,  additions or  improvements.  In such case,  Tenant shall so remove
such items within ten (10) days following  Tenant's receipt of Landlord's notice
of  election,  and shall  restore the  Premises to the  condition  in which they
existed prior to the  completion of the work that Landlord  specifies  should be
removed.

     9.2  Mechanic's  Liens.  Tenant  agrees  to  keep  the  Premises,  and  any
improvements  thereon, at all times free of mechanic's liens and other liens for
labor,  services,  supplies,  equipment or material  purchased by or directly or
indirectly furnished to Tenant. Tenant, however, shall have the right to contest
the  validity  or  amount of any such  lien as filed  upon  posting a bond in an
amount equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the dollar amount sufficient
to discharge the lien. Upon the final determination of any such contest,  Tenant
shall  immediately  pay and discharge any judgment  rendered,  together with all
costs and charges  incidental  thereto,  and shall cause the lien  thereof to be
released  from the  Premises.  If Tenant  fails,  within  thirty (30) days after
notice of the filing of any such lien, to discharge or cause the release of such
liens or  charges or to contest  the same and post bond as above  provided  for,
then Landlord,  at Landlord's option, may satisfy such liens by payment. In such
event, the amount of such payment, together with interest thereon at the maximum
rate permitted by law, from the time the payment is so made until repayment the-

reof,  shall be payable by Tenant at the time  installment  of rent shall be due
and payable. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord,  within ten days following written
demand, for all costs and expenses,  including,  without limitation,  attorneys'
fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with addressing any mechanic's liens or
similar claims related to Tenant's occupancy of the Premises.





<PAGE>



10.  TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY

     10.1  Installation  of  Property.  Landlord  shall have no  interest in any
removable equipment, furniture or trade fixtures owned by Tenant or installed in
or upon the Premises solely at the cost and expense of Tenant. Prior to creating
or permitting the creation of any lien or security or  reversionary  interest in
any removable  personal  property to be placed in or upon the  Premises,  Tenant
shall obtain the written agreement of the party holding such lien or interest to
make such repairs  required by the removal of such  property as may be necessary
to restore the Premises to good condition and repair,  excepting only reasonable
wear and  tear,  in the event  such  property  is  thereafter  removed  from the
Premises by such party, or by any agent or  representative  thereof or purchaser
therefrom, without any cost or expense to Landlord.

     10.2 Removal of Personal Property. Tenant shall have the right to remove at
its own cost and  expense  upon  the  expiration  of this  Lease  all  removable
equipment,  furniture or trade  fixtures owned by or installed at the expense of
Tenant on the Premises  during the Term.  All such  personal  property  shall be
removed prior to the close of business on the last day of the Term. Tenant shall
make such  repairs  required  by the  removal  of such  property  and any damage
resulting  therefrom  as may be  necessary  to  restore  the  Premises  to  good
condition and repair, excepting only reasonable wear and tear. Any such property
not so  removed  shall be  deemed to have been  abandoned  or, at the  option of
Landlord, shall be removed and placed in storage for the account and at the cost
and expense of Tenant.

11.  WAIVER AND INDEMNITY

     This Lease is made upon the express  condition  that Landlord is to be free
from all  liability and claims for damages by reason of any injury to any person
and  damage  to any  property  (including  Tenant's),  resulting  from any cause
whatsoever  while in, upon,  about, or in any way connected with the Premises or
the  Building in which the  Premises is  located,  during the Term.  In no event
shall  Landlord  be liable for events  that  occur in the common  areas,  or for
damage  or injury  caused  by fire,  utility  outage  or  interruption,  pipe or
sprinkler leakage, or similar causes.  Tenant waives all claims against Landlord
for, and agrees to defend with counsel acceptable to Landlord,  and to indemnify
and hold  Landlord  harmless  from,  any  loss or  liability,  and all  costs or
expenses,  including  attorneys'  fees and  costs of  defense,  arising  from or
attributable  to any such injury or damage from any cause at any time related in
any way to the Premises  during the term hereof,  other than those caused by the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord,  to the extent of such gross
negligence or willful misconduct.  This Section 11 shall survive the termination
of the Lease.

12.  INSURANCE, PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE

     12.1 Insurance Coverage.  Tenant agrees to maintain in force throughout the
Term,  at  Tenant's  sole  cost and  expense,  comprehensive  general  liability
insurance with a broad form general liability  endorsement  insuring against any
liability to the public for any claim for damages due to death, bodily injury or
property  damage related to the use of or resulting from any accident  occurring
in or about the Premises, with single limit coverage of not less than $1,000,000
for any loss and $3,000,000 for any policy period.

          12.1.1 Such policy shall insure the  contingent  liability of Landlord
and the  performance  by Tenant of its indemnity  obligations  under this Lease.
Landlord shall be named as an additional insured in such policy, and such policy
shall contain a cross-liability endorsement.

          12.1.2 Tenant further agrees that the amount of the insurance coverage
shall be  reviewed  every  three (3) years,  at least sixty (60) days before the
expiration of a three-year period. If the parties are unable to agree upon




<PAGE>



the amount of such  coverage,  Tenant shall be required to maintain for the next
three-year  period (or prior to the  expiration of the Term,  whichever is less)
the  amount of  coverage  recommended  in  writing  by an  insurer  selected  by
Landlord.

     12.2 Tenant's Property  Insurance.  Tenant, at its own cost, shall maintain
on all of its personal  property and removable  fixtures and equipment  situated
in, on or about the Premises,  a policy of standard  fire and extended  coverage
insurance,  with vandalism and malicious  mischief  endorsements  (and sprinkler
leakage and  earthquake  sprinkler  leakage  endorsements,  if the  Building has
sprinklers),  to the  extent of at least  one  hundred  percent  (100%) of their
actual replacement cost. The proceeds of any such policy that become payable due
to damage,  loss or destruction of such property shall be used by Tenant for the
repair or replacement of such property.

     12.3      Miscellaneous Insurance Provisions.

          12.3.1 Each policy of insurance required of Tenant by this Lease shall
be a primary policy,  issued by an insurance company reasonably  satisfactory to
Landlord,  and shall contain an endorsement  requiring thirty (30) days' written
notice from the insurer to Landlord before cancellation or change in the nature,
scope or amount of coverage. Each policy of insurance maintained by Tenant shall
be primary and  noncontributing  with any policy  maintained  by Landlord.  Each
policy, or a certificate of the policy, together with evidence of the payment of
premiums,  shall be deposited with Landlord at the  commencement  of the Term of
this Lease and prior to any expiration of any such policy.

          12.3.2  Landlord  and  Tenant  each  release  the  other,   and  their
respective agents and representatives,  from any claims for damage to any person
or to the Premises and to the fixtures and personal  property  situated therein,
resulting from or attributable to any risk insured under any insurance  policies
carried by the parties and in force at the time of the damage.  Each party shall
cause any insurer providing  insurance to it pursuant to this Lease to waive all
rights or recovery by way of  subrogation  against either party by virtue of the
payment of any loss under such insurance. Such waiver shall be effective as long
as such insurance is required under the provisions of this Lease.

     12.4 Casualty  Insurance;  Damage or  Destruction.  Landlord  shall, at all
times during the Term, keep the Building and  improvements in which the Premises
are situated  insured against loss or damage by fire and the perils covered by a
combined  single limit bodily  injury and broad form property  damage  insurance
policy,  extended  coverage,  or an "all risk" insurance,  with inflation guard,
vandalism and malicious mischief  endorsements,  zoning ordinance coverage,  and
any other endorsements selected by Landlord.  Landlord,  at its discretion,  may
purchase (a) an earthquake policy of insurance and zoning ordinance coverage, in
any amount  sufficient  to prevent  either  Landlord or Tenant  from  becoming a
co-insured under the provisions of the policies, (b) a policy of rental value or
rent  continuation  insurance  for a  period  of one  year,  and (c)  any  other
insurance  that may be  required  from  time to time by  Landlord's  lender.  In
addition,  Landlord  may  purchase  any  other  insurance  which it, in its sole
discretion, deems necessary or desirable. All such insurance shall be payable to
Landlord and the holder of any  encumbrances  on the Property as their interests
may  appear.  All of the costs  and  expenses  and  deductible  amounts  of such
insurance shall be an Operating Cost.

     12.5      Insurable Casualty Loss.

          12.5.1  Except  as  provided  in  Section  12.5.2,  in the  event  the
Premises,  or the  Building in which the Premises  are  situated,  is damaged or
destroyed  as the  result of any risk  required  to be  insured  against by this
Section 12, then Landlord shall  forthwith  restore the Premises or the Building
to substantially the same condition as existed  immediately prior to such damage
or destruction. Any insurance proceeds remaining after the completion of such




<PAGE>



work shall belong to Landlord.  Except as otherwise  provided in Section 12.5.2,
below,  any amount by which the cost of such  repair and the  deductible  amount
required  by such  insurance  policies  exceeds  the  amount  of such  insurance
proceeds shall be deemed an Operating Cost pursuant to Section 3.2.

          12.5.2  If at any time  during  the Term,  the  Premises  are  totally
destroyed,   or  are  sufficiently  damaged  to  render  them  unusable  without
substantial repair or  reconstruction,  due to a casualty required to be insured
against as provided herein,  or should then applicable laws or zoning ordinances
preclude  the  restoration  or repair of the  Premises,  or should  the costs of
restoration  exceed five percent (5%) of the amount of the  insurance  proceeds,
then  Landlord  shall have the option,  exercisable  by giving at least ten (10)
days' prior written  notice to Tenant within one hundred twenty (120) days after
the occurrence of any such casualty, to terminate this Lease.

     12.6      Uninsured Casualty Loss.

          12.6.1 If,  during the Term,  the Premises or the Building are damaged
or partially  destroyed  from a risk not required to be insured  against by this
Section 12,  Landlord  shall  restore the  Premises  to  substantially  the same
condition as existed immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

          12.6.2  If the  costs of  repair  or  restoration  necessitated  by an
uninsured  casualty loss exceed five percent (5%) of the then replacement  value
of the Premises,  then Landlord shall have the option,  exercisable by giving at
least ten (10) days' prior written  notice to Tenant  within one hundred  twenty
(120) days after the occurrence of any such casualty, to terminate this Lease.

     12.7 Termination;  Abatement of Rent. This Lease shall not be terminated by
any damage to or destruction of the Premises or other  improvements of which the
Premises are a part, unless notice of termination is given by Landlord to Tenant
as provided by this Section 12. Tenant waives the provisions of Section  1932(2)
and  1933(4) of the  California  Civil Code with  respect to any such  damage or
destruction.

          12.7.1  Should the Premises be damaged or destroyed at any time during
the Term,  there shall be an abatement or reduction of the minimum monthly rent,
between the date of destruction and the date of completion of restoration, based
on the  extent to which the  destruction  interferes  with  Tenant's  use of the
Premises.

          12.7.2 Should it be determined by Landlord that  then-applicable  laws
or zoning  ordinances  would  preclude the  restoration  or  replacement  of the
Premises in a manner that will result in the approximate  functional  equivalent
of the  Premises,  then  Landlord  shall have the right to terminate  this Lease
within  ninety  (90)  days of such  determination  by giving  written  notice of
termination to Tenant.

     12.8 Notice; Tenant's Right to Terminate.  Notwithstanding any provision of
this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord determines in good faith that the repair
and restoration of the Premises to be made by Landlord  pursuant to this Section
12  reasonably  cannot  be  made  within  eighteen  (18)  months  following  the
occurrence  of  any  casualty,  Landlord  shall  give  written  notice  of  such
determination  to Tenant within ninety (90) days following the occurrence of the
casualty.  Tenant may  terminate  this Lease  only by  written  notice  given to
Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord's notice of
such determination.

13.  CONDEMNATION

     13.1      Entire Premises.  Should title or possession of the whole of the




<PAGE>



Premises or the Building be taken by duly constituted  authority in condemnation
proceedings  under the  exercise  of the right of  eminent  domain,  or should a
partial taking render the remaining portion of the Premises wholly  unacceptable
for  occupation,  then this Lease shall  terminate  upon the vesting of title or
taking of possession.

     13.2      Partial Taking.

          13.2.1 Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon such
thirty  (30)  days'  notice if title to a portion  of the  Premises  is taken in
connection with, or by deed in lieu of, any condemnation  proceedings  under the
exercise of the right of eminent  domain,  and is such as to prevent Tenant from
using the Premises,  or the remaining portion,  in substantially the same manner
as they were used prior to such  taking.  If Landlord  does not  terminate  this
Lease as provided herein, then this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.
In such event, Landlord shall promptly make any necessary repairs or restoration
at the cost and expense of Landlord. The minimum monthly rent from and after the
date of the taking shall be reduced in the proportion that the value of the area
of the portion of the  Premises  taken bears to the total value of the  Premises
immediately prior to the date of such taking or conveyance.

          13.2.2 Each party  waives the  provisions  of Code of Civil  Procedure
Section  1265.130  allowing  either  party to  petition  the  Superior  Court to
terminate  this  Lease in the event of a partial  taking  of the  Premises.  Any
dispute  between the parties  concerning the extent to which a partial taking by
eminent domain  interferes  with the use and occupancy of the Premises by Tenant
shall be settled by  arbitration  in the city in which the Premises are located,
in accordance  with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect.

     13.3  Conveyance  Under Threat of  Condemnation.  Any sale or conveyance by
Landlord  to any person or entity  having the power of  eminent  domain,  either
under threat of  condemnation  or while  condemnation  proceedings  are pending,
shall be deemed to be a taking by eminent domain under this Section 13.

     13.4  Awards and  Damages.  All  payments  made on account of any taking by
eminent  domain shall be made to Landlord,  except that Tenant shall be entitled
to any payment or award made for or attributable  to the reasonable  removal and
relocation costs of any removable  property that Tenant has the right to remove,
or for loss and  damage  to any  such  property  that  Tenant  elects  or is not
required to remove.

14.  ASSIGNING, MORTGAGING, SUBLETTING OR CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP

     14.1  Limitation.  Tenant shall not  transfer,  assign,  sublet,  mortgage,
hypothecate, share rights in this Lease or Tenant's interest in the Premises, or
permit  any  other  person  or  entity  to use  the  Premises  (collectively,  a
"Transfer"),  without  first  procuring the written  consent of Landlord,  which
consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Any attempted  Transfer  without
Landlord's written consent shall be void and shall constitute a material default
under this Lease. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for Landlord's  attorneys'
fees (if any)  incurred in connection  with any requested  Transfer by Tenant of
Tenant's rights hereunder.

     14.2 Deemed Transfer. If Tenant is a nonpublicly traded corporation,  or an
unincorporated  association or  partnership,  any direct or indirect  cumulative
transfer,  assignment  or  hypothecation  of  any  stock  or  interest  in  such
corporation,  association  or  partnership  in the aggregate in excess of thirty
percent  (30%)  of the  beneficial  ownership  thereof  (or,  in the  case  of a
partnership, of the beneficial ownership thereof or of the general partner




<PAGE>



interest  thereof) shall be deemed a Transfer  within the meaning and provisions
of this Section 14 and subject to its provisions.

     14.3  Standard  for Consent.  If Tenant  desires at any time to assign this
Lease or to sublease the Premises, or any portion thereof, it shall first notify
Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (a) the
name of the proposed  subtenant or assignee and the proposed  guarantors of such
subtenant's  or  assignee's   obligations;   (b)  the  nature  of  the  proposed
subtenant's  or assignee's  business to be carried on in the  Premises;  (c) the
terms and  provisions  of the  proposed  sale,  transfer or sublease of Tenant's
business and leasehold interest, including the price, rent and terms of payment;
and  (d)  any  other  information  required  by  Landlord.  Landlord  shall  not
unreasonably withhold its consent provided:  (i) the use of the Premises remains
the same as provided  in this Lease  (unless  Landlord,  for  reasonable  cause,
decides  that  the use  and/or  the  location  of the use is  incompatible  with
Landlord's  present or future  plans for  operation of the  Property);  (ii) the
proposed subtenant or assignee and their respective guarantors  demonstrate that
it is  financially  responsible  by  submission  to Landlord of such  reasonable
information  as Landlord  may  request  concerning  the  proposed  subtenant  or
assignee,  including,  but not  limited  to, a  balance  sheet  of the  proposed
subtenant  or assignee  as of a date within  ninety (90) days of the request for
Landlord's consent,  and statements of income or profit and loss of the proposed
subtenant  or assignee  and  guarantor  for the two-year  period  preceding  the
request  for  Landlord's  consent;  (iii) the  proposed  subtenant  or  assignee
demonstrates  a record of  successful  experience  in operating the same type of
business by submission to Landlord of such  reasonable  information  as Landlord
may request  concerning the proposed subtenant or assignee,  including,  but not
limited  to,  a  written  statement  in  reasonable  detail  as to the  business
experience  of the  proposed  subtenant  or  assignee  during the five (5) years
preceding the request for Landlord's consent; and (iv) the proposed subtenant or
assignee  has a  reputation  for  honesty  and is of good  moral  character.  No
subletting  or  assignment,  even with the consent of  Landlord,  shall  relieve
Tenant  of its  obligation  to pay the  rent  and to  perform  all of the  other
obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder.

     14.4 Conditions.  Each Transfer to which there has been consent shall be by
an instrument in writing,  in a form  satisfactory to Landlord.  Such instrument
shall be  executed  by the  transferor,  assignor,  sublessor,  hypothecator  or
mortgagor and the transferee,  assignee, sublessee, mortgagee or other person or
entity, as the case may be. Each transferee,  assignee, sublessee,  mortgagee or
other  person or entity  shall  agree in writing  for the benefit of Landlord to
assume,  to be bound by, and to perform the terms,  covenants and  conditions of
this Lease to be performed by Tenant,  including the payment of all amounts due,
or to become due,  under this Lease.  In addition,  as  conditions  precedent to
Landlord's  consent to any  Transfer of this Lease,  Landlord may require any or
all of the following:

          14.4.1  Tenant  shall  provide   Landlord  with  evidence   reasonably
satisfactory to Landlord that the value of Landlord's  interest under this Lease
will not thereby be diminished or reduced, which evidence shall include, but not
need be limited to,  evidence  respecting the relevant  business  experience and
financial responsibility and status of the third party concerned;

          14.4.2 If the  Transfer  provides for the receipt by, on behalf of, or
on account of Tenant of any consideration or any kind whatsoever (including, but
not by way of limitation,  a premium rental for the sublease or lump sum payment
for an assignment)  in excess of the rent due Landlord under this Lease,  Tenant
shall pay seventy-five  percent (75%) of such excess,  less Tenant's  reasonable
costs (not to exceed  twenty five  percent  (25%) of such  excess) to  Landlord,
which  payment(s) to Landlord shall be made upon receipt of any such  payment(s)
by Tenant;





<PAGE>



          14.4.3    Tenant shall not be then in default hereunder in any
respect;

          14.4.4  Tenant  shall  deliver to Landlord  one  executed  copy of all
written instruments  evidencing or relating to Tenant's assignment,  transfer or
sharing of the Premises; and

          14.4.5 Tenant shall provide a written  agreement  from any third party
concerned  that, in the event Landlord gives such third party notice that Tenant
is in default  under this Lease,  such third party shall  thereinafter  make all
payments  otherwise due Tenant  directly to Landlord.  Any such payments will be
received by Landlord without the imposition of any liability on Landlord, except
to credit such payments  against those due under the Lease. Any such third party
shall agree to attorn to Landlord,  or its successors  and assigns,  should this
Lease be terminated for any reason;  provided,  however,  that in no event shall
Landlord, or its successors or assigns, be obligated to accept such attorn-

ment.

     14.5      Limitation on Consent.

          14.5.1 Tenant agrees and acknowledges that the conditions permitted to
be imposed  upon  Landlord's  grant of its  consent  hereunder  are  reasonable.
Landlord's  imposition of such conditions shall under no circumstances impair or
limit Landlord's  rights and remedies under California Civil Code Section 1951.4
or any successor statute.

          14.5.2  Landlord's  consent to Tenant's  Transfer on any one  occasion
shall apply only to the specific  transaction thereby  authorized.  Such consent
shall not be construed as a waiver of the duty of Tenant, or any transferee,  to
obtain Landlord's consent to any other or subsequent  Transfer,  or as modifying
or limiting  Landlord's  rights hereunder in any way.  Landlord's  acceptance of
rent, or any other payment directly from any third party, shall not be construed
as a waiver of any of Landlord's rights or as Landlord's agreement to accept the
attornment of any third party,  in the event of a termination of this Lease.  In
no event shall Landlord's enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any
third party be deemed a waiver of  Landlord's  right to enforce any provision of
this Lease against Tenant or any other person.

     14.6 Applicability to Successors.  If Landlord gives consent to a Transfer,
such third party in respect of which such consent was given may in turn apply to
Landlord for its consent to subsequent  Transfers.  In such case, the provisions
of this  Section  14  shall  apply  as fully as  possible  to such  third  party
(including  this  Section 14.5 in the case of more remote  transfers).  Any such
transfer  shall be subject to all the terms and  conditions  of this Lease,  and
each such successive  transfer shall be made only upon like conditions.  Tenant,
and each successor to Tenant's  interest in the Premises,  shall agree to remain
fully responsible to Landlord for the performance of all of Tenant's obligations
under this Lease.

15.  DEFAULT BY TENANT; LANDLORD'S REMEDIES

     15.1      Events of Default.  Each of the following shall constitute a
material
default and breach by Tenant under this Lease:

          15.1.1 If Tenant is at any time in default of its  obligations  to pay
any rent or other  charges,  and such default  continues  for more than five (5)
days after the date upon which the obligation to pay is due;

          15.1.2 If Tenant is in default in the prompt and full  performance  of
any other of its  obligations  under this Lease and such default  continues more
than thirty (30) days after Landlord's delivery of written notice




<PAGE>



specifying the particulars of such default,  unless such default cannot be cured
within  thirty (30) days, in which case Tenant shall be in default if Tenant (a)
does not commence the cure of such default within such  thirty-day  period,  and
(b) actually cures such default within sixty (60) days of Landlord's delivery of
written notice of such default;

          15.1.3 If Tenant  vacates or abandons the Premises or otherwise  fails
to occupy and operate the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease;

          15.1.4  If  Tenant  or any  guarantor  of this  Lease  makes a general
assignment or general arrangement for the benefit of creditors; or if a petition
for adjudication of bankruptcy or for  reorganization  or rearrangement is filed
by or against  Tenant or any guarantor  and is not dismissed  within thirty (30)
days;  or  if  a  trustee  or  receiver  is  appointed  to  take  possession  of
substantially  all of  Tenant's  assets  located at the  Premises or of Tenant's
interest in this Lease and  possession  is not  restored to Tenant  within sixty
(60) days; or if substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or
Tenant's  interest in this Lease is subjected to attachment,  execution or other
judicial  seizure which is not discharged  within sixty (60) days. If a court of
competent jurisdiction determines that any of the acts described in this Section
15.1.4 is not a default  under  this Lease and a trustee  is  appointed  to take
possession of Tenant's  assets or if Tenant  remains a debtor in possession  and
such trustee or Tenant transfers  Tenant's interest in this Lease, then Landlord
shall receive, as additional rent, the excess, if any, of the rent (or any other
consideration) paid in connection with such assignment or sublease over the rent
payable by Tenant hereunder; or

          15.1.5 If any guarantor of the Lease revokes or otherwise  terminates,
or purports to revoke or otherwise terminate, any guaranty of all or any portion
of Tenant's obligations under the Lease.

     15.2 Remedies Upon Breach of Lease. On the occurrence of any breach of this
Lease by Tenant, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, with or without notice or
demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or
remedy which Landlord may have:

          15.2.1  Terminate  Tenant's  right to  possession  of the Premises and
re-enter  the  Premises  by  any  lawful  means.  In  such  case,  Tenant  shall
immediately  surrender  possession  of the  Premises  to  Landlord.  If Landlord
reenters the Premises under the  provisions of this Section,  Landlord shall not
be deemed to have  terminated  this Lease, or the liability of Tenant to pay any
rent or other charges that are due or thereafter accruing, or Tenant's liability
for damages under any of the provisions of this Lease.  In the event of any such
entry or taking  possession of the Premises,  Landlord shall have the right, but
not the obligation,  to remove from the Premises any personal  property  located
therein and to place it in storage at a public warehouse at Tenant's expense and
risk;

          15.2.2 Maintain Tenant's right to possession of the Premises, in which
case this Lease shall continue in effect whether or not Tenant has abandoned the
Premises. In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlord's
rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as
it becomes due,  and Landlord  shall have the right to occupy or relet the whole
or any part of the Premises for the account of Tenant; or

          15.2.3 Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter  available to Landlord
under the laws or judicial decisions of the State of California.

     15.3      Termination.  Notwithstanding any other term or provision hereof
to
the contrary, this Lease shall terminate on the occurrence of any act which




<PAGE>



affirms Landlord's intention to terminate this Lease as provided in this Section
15.3,  including the filing of an unlawful detainer action against Tenant.  Acts
of  maintenance  or  preservation,   efforts  to  relet  the  Premises,  or  the
appointment  of a receiver at the  initiative of Landlord shall not constitute a
termination of Tenant's right to possession unless written notice of termination
is given. On any such termination,  Landlord's damages for default shall include
all costs and fees, including  reasonable  attorneys' fees, incurred by Landlord
in connection with filing,  commencing,  pursuing or defending any action in any
bankruptcy court or other court with respect to the Lease, obtaining relief from
any stay in  bankruptcy  restraining  any action to evict Tenant or pursuing any
action with respect to Landlord's right to possession of the Premises.  All such
damages  suffered  (apart  from  minimum  monthly  rent and other  rent  payable
hereunder)  shall  constitute  pecuniary  damages  which must be  reimbursed  to
Landlord  prior to  assumption of the Lease by Tenant or any successor to Tenant
in any bankruptcy or other proceeding.

     15.4 Cumulative  Rights.  The rights and remedies given to Landlord in this
Section  shall be in addition and  supplemental  to all other rights or remedies
which  Landlord  may  have  under  the laws in force  when the  default  occurs.
Landlord's exercise of any right or remedy shall not prevent it from exercising
any other right or remedy.

     15.5      Landlord's Damages.

          15.5.1 If Landlord  elects to terminate this Lease and Tenant's rights
to possession of the Premises in accordance  with the  provisions of this Lease,
Landlord may recover from Tenant as damages all of the following:

               A.   The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent and
other charges which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

               B. The  worth at the time of  award of the  amount  by which  the
unpaid rent and other  charges  which would have been earned  after  termination
until the time of award  exceeds the amount of such  rental  loss Tenant  proves
Landlord could have reasonably avoided; plus

               C. The  worth at the time of  award of the  amount  by which  the
unpaid rent and all other  charges  which Tenant would have paid for the balance
of the term of the Lease  after  the time of award  exceeds  the  amount of such
rental loss that Tenant proves Landlord could have reasonably avoided; plus

               D. Any other amount  necessary to compensate  Landlord for all of
the detriment  proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations
under this Lease or which in the  ordinary  course of things  would be likely to
result therefrom,  including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred
by Landlord in (a)  maintaining  or preserving  the Premises after such default,
(b) recovering possession of the Premises,  including reasonable attorneys' fees
therefor;  (c)  expenses of reletting  the  Premises to a new tenant,  including
necessary renovations or alterations of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees
incurred, and leasing commission incurred; plus

               E. Such other  amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing
as may be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of California.

          15.5.2 As used in  Subsections A and B, above,  the "worth at the time
of award" is computed by allowing  interest on unpaid amounts at the rate of ten
percent (10%) per annum. As used in Subsection C, above,  the "worth at the time
of award" is computed by  discounting  such amount at the  discount  rate of the
Federal  Reserve Bank  located  nearest to the Building in effect at the time of
award, plus one percent (1%).





<PAGE>



          15.5.3 For  purposes of this  Section 15, all rent other than  minimum
monthly  rent  shall,  for  purposes  of  calculating  any  amount due under the
provisions  of  Subsection  C,  above,  be  computed on the basis of the average
monthly  amount of rent,  other than  minimum  monthly  rent,  payable by Tenant
during the  immediately  preceding  thirty-six-month  period,  except that if it
becomes necessary to compute such rental before such thirty-six-month period has
expired,  then such rent shall be computed  on the basis of the average  monthly
amount of rent payable during such shorter period.

     15.6 No  Waiver.  The  waiver by  Landlord  of any  breach by Tenant of any
provision,  covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be deemed to
be a waiver of such provision,  covenant or condition,  of any subsequent breach
thereof, or of any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease.

          15.6.1 The  subsequent  acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall
not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any provision,
covenant or  condition of this Lease or of any right of Landlord to a forfeiture
of the Lease by reason of such breach,  regardless  of  Landlord's  knowledge of
such  preceding  breach at the time of  acceptance  of such rent.  No provision,
covenant  or  condition  of this  Lease  shall be deemed to have been  waived by
Landlord unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Landlord.

          15.6.2 Landlord is entitled to accept, receive and cash or deposit any
payment  made by Tenant for any  reason or purpose or in any amount  whatsoever,
and apply the same at Landlord's option to any obligation of Tenant and the same
shall not constitute  payment of any amount owed,  except that to which Landlord
has applied the same.  No  endorsement  or  statement  on any check or letter of
Tenant shall be deemed an accord and  satisfaction  or otherwise  recognized for
any purpose  whatsoever.  The  acceptance  of any such check or payment shall be
without  prejudice  to  Landlord's  right to recover any and all amounts owed by
Tenant hereunder and Landlord's right to pursue any other available remedy.

     15.7 Power of Receiver.  Upon a default by Tenant,  Landlord shall have the
right to obtain the appointment of a receiver to take possession of the Premises
and/or to collect the rents or profits.  Tenant irrevocably agrees that any such
receiver  may, if  necessary  or  convenient  in order to collect such rents and
profits,  conduct the business  then being  carried on by Tenant on the Premises
and that the receiver may take possession of any personal property  belonging to
Tenant  and  used in the  conduct  of  such  business,  and may use the  same in
conducting such business on the Premises without compensation to Tenant for such
use. Neither the application for nor the appointment of such a receiver shall be
construed as an election on  Landlord's  part to  terminate  this Lease unless a
written notice of such intention is given by Landlord.

     15.8 Landlord's Right to Cure Defaults.  Landlord, at any time after Tenant
commits a default in the performance of any of Tenant's  obligations  under this
Lease,  shall be entitled (but is not  obligated)  to cure such  default,  or to
cause such default to be cured,  at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.  If, by
reason of any default by Tenant, Landlord incurs any expense or pays any sum, or
performs  any act  requiring  Landlord  to incur any  expense or to pay any sum,
including  reasonable fees and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in order to
prepare and post or deliver any notice  permitted or required by the  provisions
of this Lease, or otherwise permitted or contemplated by law, then the amount so
paid or incurred by Landlord shall be immediately due and payable to Landlord by
Tenant as additional Rent. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to deduct such sums
from any Security  Deposit held by  Landlord.  If there is no Security  Deposit,
such sums shall be paid by Tenant immediately upon demand by Landlord, and shall
bear interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, or such greater sum as
may be permitted by law from the date of such demand until paid in full.

     15.9      Assumption of Lease.  If Tenant becomes a Debtor under Chapter 7




<PAGE>



of
the Bankruptcy Code ("Code"),  or a petition for reorganization or adjustment of
debts is filed  concerning  Tenant  under  Chapters  11 or 13 of the Code,  or a
proceeding is filed under Chapter 7 and is  transferred  to Chapters 11 or 13 of
the Code, the Trustee or Tenant, as Debtor and as Debtor-In-Possession,  may not
elect to assume this Lease unless,  at the time of such assumption,  the Trustee
or Tenant has:

          15.9.1 Cured or provided  Landlord  "Adequate  Assurance"  (as defined
below) that: (a) within ten days from the date of such assumption the Trustee or
Tenant will cure all monetary defaults under this Lease and compensate  Landlord
for any actual  pecuniary loss resulting from any existing  default,  including,
without  limitation,  Landlord's  reasonable costs,  expenses,  late charges and
accrued  interest as set forth in this Lease,  and attorneys' fees incurred as a
result  of the  default;  (b)  within  thirty  (30)  days  from the date of such
assumption,  the Trustee or Tenant will cure all nonmonetary defaults under this
Lease;  and (c) the assumption  will be subject to all of the provisions of this
Lease.

          15.9.2 For  purposes of Sections  15.9 and 15.10,  Landlord and Tenant
acknowledge  that,  in the context of a bankruptcy  proceeding  of Tenant,  at a
minimum, "Adequate Assurance" shall mean: (a) the Trustee or Tenant has and will
continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured
obligations and  administrative  expenses to assure Landlord that the Trustee or
Tenant will have  sufficient  funds to fulfill the  obligations  of Tenant under
this Lease, and to keep the Premises properly staffed with sufficient  employees
to conduct a fully-operational,  actively promoted business in the Premises; (b)
the Bankruptcy  Court shall have entered an order  segregating  sufficient  cash
payable to Landlord and/or the Trustee, or Tenant shall have granted a valid and
perfected  first lien and  security  interest  and/or  mortgage  in  property of
Trustee  or Tenant  acceptable  as to value and kind to  Landlord,  to secure to
Landlord the  obligation  of the Trustee or Tenant to cure the  monetary  and/or
nonmonetary  defaults  under this Lease within the time periods set forth above;
and (c) the Trustee or Tenant at the very least shall deposit a sum equal to one
month's minimum  monthly rent to be held by Landlord  (without any allowance for
interest thereon) to secure Tenant's future performance under the Lease.

     15.10  Assignment of Lease.  If the Trustee or Tenant has assumed the Lease
pursuant  to the  provisions  of  Sections  15.9 and 15.10,  for the  purpose of
assigning  Tenant's  interest  hereunder  to any other  person or  entity,  such
interest may be assigned only after the Trustee, Tenant or the proposed assignee
has complied with all of the provisions, covenants and conditions of Section 14.
Landlord and Tenant  acknowledge that such provisions,  covenants and conditions
are commercially reasonable in the context of a bankruptcy proceeding of Tenant.
Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned  pursuant to the provisions
of the Code shall be deemed  without  further act or deed to have assumed all of
the  obligations  arising  under  this  Lease  on and  after  the  date  of such
assignment. Any such assignee shall upon request execute and deliver to Landlord
an instrument confirming such assignment.

     15.11  Adequate  Protection.  Upon the filing of a  petition  by or against
Tenant under the Code,  Tenant, as Debtor and as  Debtor-in-Possession,  and any
Trustee who may be appointed agree to adequately protect Landlord as follows:

          15.11.1  To perform  each and every  obligation  of Tenant  under this
Lease  until such time as this Lease is either  rejected  or assumed by order of
the Bankruptcy Court;

          15.11.2 To pay all  monetary  obligations  required  under this Lease,
including,  without  limitation,  the payment of minimum  monthly rent, and such
other additional rent charges payable hereunder which are considered  reasonable
compensation for the use and occupancy of the Premises;





<PAGE>



          15.11.3 To provide  Landlord a minimum  thirty days'  written  notice,
unless  a  shorter  period  is  agreed  to in  writing  by the  parties,  of any
proceeding relating to any assumption of this Lease or any intent to abandon the
Premises, which abandonment shall be deemed a rejection of this Lease; and

          15.11.4 To perform to the benefit of Landlord otherwise required under
the Code.

          The  failure  of Tenant to comply  with the above  shall  result in an
automatic rejection of this Lease.

     15.12 Cumulative Rights.  The rights,  remedies and liabilities of Landlord
and Tenant set forth in Sections  15.9,  15.10 and 15.11 shall be in addition to
those which may now or  hereafter  be accorded,  or imposed  upon,  Landlord and
Tenant by the Code.

16.  DEFAULTS BY LANDLORD

     If Landlord fails to perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained
in this Lease  within  thirty  (30) days after  receipt of written  notice  from
Tenant  specifying  such failure (or if such failure cannot  reasonably be cured
within  thirty  (30) days,  if  Landlord  does not  commence to cure the failure
within that thirty-day period),  then such failure shall constitute a default by
Landlord.  In such  case,  Landlord  shall be liable to Tenant  for any  damages
sustained by Tenant as a result of Landlord's default.

     16.1  Liability  Limitation.  Tenant and Landlord  expressly  agree that if
Tenant obtains a money judgment against  Landlord  resulting from any default or
other claim arising under this Lease,  that judgment shall be satisfied only out
of the rents, issues,  profits, and other income,  including insurance proceeds,
if any, actually received on account of Landlord's right,  title and interest in
the Property.  No other real,  personal or mixed property of Landlord (or of any
of the partners  which comprise  Landlord,  or of partners or principals of such
partners  comprising  Landlord,  if any,  or of the  officers,  shareholders  or
directors,  if any, of any such entity) wherever  situated,  shall be subject to
levy,  attachment or execution,  or otherwise used to satisfy any such judgment.
Tenant hereby  waives any right to satisfy a judgment  against  Landlord  except
from the rents, issues, profits and other income,  including insurance proceeds,
if any, actually received on account of Landlord's right,  title and interest in
the Property.

     16.2 Cure. If, after notice to Landlord of default,  Landlord fails to cure
the default as provided  below,  then subject to the  provisions  of this Lease,
Tenant shall have the right to cure that default at Landlord's  expense. In such
case,  Landlord  shall pay the reasonable  cost of such cure promptly  following
receipt of a bill from Tenant itemizing the cost of such cure.  Tenant shall not
have the right to terminate this Lease or to withhold, reduce or offset any cost
of such cure  against any  payments of rent or other  charges due and payable to
Landlord  under this Lease,  except as otherwise  specifically  provided in this
Lease.

     16.3  Waiver of Code  Provisions.  Tenant  hereby  agrees  that  Civil Code
Sections 1932(2),  1933(4),  1941 and 1942 shall not be applicable to this Lease
and  Tenant  hereby  waives  any right it may have  under any of such Civil Code
Sections.

17.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     Landlord  does not have actual  knowledge of the presence of any  Hazardous
Substances, as defined below, on the Property not in conformance with applicable
law. Tenant has had sufficient opportunity to satisfy itself of the condition of
the Premises prior to the execution hereof.




<PAGE>



     17.1 Compliance.  Tenant shall at all times and in all respects comply with
all federal,  state and local laws,  ordinances and  regulations  (collectively,
"Hazardous  Substances  Laws")  relating to  industrial  hygiene,  environmental
protection or the use, analysis, generation,  manufacture,  storage, disposal or
transportation  of any  oil,  hydrocarbons,  flammables,  explosives,  asbestos,
radioactive  materials or wastes or other  hazardous,  toxic,  contaminating  or
polluting materials,  substances or wastes, including,  without limitation,  any
hazardous  substances  which  are  the  subject  of  any  laws,   ordinances  or
regulations  intend to protect  the  environment  or health,  safety and welfare
(collectively, the "Hazardous Substances").

     17.2  Licenses  and Permits.  Tenant  shall,  at its own expense,  procure,
maintain  in effect,  and comply  with all  conditions  of any and all  permits,
licenses and other  governmental and regulatory  approval  required for Tenant's
use of the Premises,  including, without limitation,  discharge of appropriately
treated materials or wastes which may be discharged into or through any sanitary
sewer  serving  the  Premises.  Tenant  shall,  in all  respects,  deal with the
Hazardous Substances in conformity with the Hazardous Substances Laws.

     17.3 Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, by counsel reasonably
acceptable  to  Landlord,  protect,  and hold  Landlord  and each of  Landlord's
partners,  employees,  agents,  attorneys,  successors  and  assigns,  free  and
harmless  from  and  against  any  and  all  claims,   liabilities,   penalties,
forfeitures, losses or expenses (including attorneys' fees), damages or death of
or injury to any person or damage to any  property  whatsoever,  arising from or
caused in whole or in part,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  Tenant's  failure to
comply with any  Hazardous  Substances  Law, or other  environmental,  health or
safety law,  regulation  or  ordinance.  Tenant's  obligations  hereunder  shall
include, without limitation, and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, all costs
of any kind whatsoever related in any way to the repair, clean-up or remediation
of the Premises, and the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial
action or other required plans. Tenant's obligations hereunder shall survive the
expiration or earlier  termination  of the Term.  For purposes of this indemnity
provision, any acts or omission of Tenant, or by employees,  agents,  assignees,
contractors or  subcontractors  of Tenant,  or others acting for or on behalf of
Tenant  (whether or not they are  negligent,  intentional,  willful or unlawful)
shall be strictly attributable to Tenant.

18.  SUBORDINATION OF LEASE

     18.1  Subordination  Agreement.  Tenant agrees to execute,  acknowledge and
deliver to Landlord within ten days following  Landlord's written request,  such
documents and instruments that may be necessary to subordinate this Lease to (a)
any  mortgages or trust deeds that now exist or may hereafter be placed upon the
Premises by Landlord, (b) to any and all advances made or to be made thereunder,
(c) to the interest on all  obligations  secured  thereby,  (d) to all renewals,
modifications,  consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof, and (e) any
easements,  covenants,  conditions or restrictions executed by Landlord provided
that they do not materially interfere with Tenant's use, enjoyment and occupancy
of the  Premises.  In each case the mortgagee or  beneficiary  named in any such
mortgage or trust deed shall agree in writing that,  as long as Tenant  performs
its obligations under this Lease, no foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure,
or sale under the encumbrance or other procedures to enforce the rights incident
thereto, shall affect Tenant's rights under this Lease.

     18.2      Attornment.  Tenant shall attorn to any purchaser at any
foreclosure
sale or to any grantee or transferee designated in any deed given in lieu of
foreclosure.

     18.3      Estoppel Certificate.  Within ten (10) days after receipt of a
written request therefor, Tenant shall deliver in recordable form a written




<PAGE>



statement  certifying (if such is the case) that this Lease is in full force and
effect  and that there are no  defenses  or offsets  thereto,  or stating  those
claimed to exist and such other  information as Landlord may reasonably  request
be included in such statement. The failure of Tenant to deliver such certificate
within such time period shall  constitute  conclusive  affirmation by Tenant for
the benefit of Landlord, its lender, mortgagee or assignee, and their respective
successors in interest,  that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not
been modified  except as may be represented  by Landlord in its written  request
for such statement.

19.  LANDLORD'S ENTRY ON PREMISES

     19.1 Right of Entry. Landlord and its authorized representatives shall have
the right without  liability and without abatement of rent to enter the Premises
at all reasonable times for, without limitation, any of the following purposes:

          19.1.1 To determine  whether the  Premises  and/or the Building are in
good condition,  and whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this
Lease;

          19.1.2  To do  any  necessary  maintenance,  repairs,  restoration  or
remodeling  to the Premises  and/or the Building  that Landlord has the right or
obligation to perform;

          19.1.3 To serve,  post, or keep posted any notices required or allowed
under the provisions of this Lease,  including "for rent" or "for lease" notices
during the last six months of this Lease,  or during any period  while Tenant is
in default,  and any notices  provided by law for the  protection  of Landlord's
interest in the Premises;

          19.1.4 To shore the  foundations,  footings and walls of the Building,
and to  erect  scaffolding  and  protective  barricades  around  and  about  the
Building,  but not so as to prevent entry to the  Premises,  and to do any other
act or thing  necessary  for the safety or  preservation  of the Premises or the
Building; and

          19.1.5  To show  the  Premises  and/or  the  Building  to  prospective
purchasers,  lenders, tenants, brokers and others for business purposes, and for
such other purposes as Landlord may deem appropriate.

     19.2 Exercise of Right.  Landlord  shall  exercise its rights of entry in a
manner that will not interfere  unreasonably  with Tenant's use and occupancy of
the Premises;  provided that Landlord's  entry and activities do not result from
Tenant's  default.  Landlord  shall not be liable  in any other  manner  for any
inconvenience,  disturbance, loss of business, nuisance, or other damage arising
out of  Landlord's  entry on the  Premises as  provided  herein,  except  damage
resulting from the acts or omissions of Landlord or its authorized represent-

atives.

20.  SALE OR TRANSFER OF PREMISES

     If Landlord  sells or  transfers  all or any portion of the  Premises,  the
Building,  or the  improvements  and land of which the Premises and the Building
are a part,  then  Landlord  shall be  released  from any  liability  thereafter
accruing  under this Lease upon (a) the  consummation  of such sale or transfer,
and (b) Landlord  accounting to any such transferee for any Security Deposit and
prepaid rent of Tenant.

21.  SURRENDER ON TERMINATION; HOLDING OVER





<PAGE>



     21.1 Surrender.  On the last day of the Term, or upon sooner termination of
this Lease,  Tenant  shall  surrender  to Landlord the Premises and all Tenant's
improvements  and alterations  (except for  improvements  and  alterations  that
Tenant has the right or is  obligated  to remove  under the  provisions  of this
Lease),  broom  clean,  maintained  and  repaired in  accordance  with the terms
hereof,  and  otherwise  in the same  condition  as when  received,  except  for
reasonable  wear and tear. Any damage to or  deterioration  of the Premises will
not be deemed  reasonable wear and tear if the same could have been prevented by
good  maintenance  practices  of Tenant.  Tenant  shall  also  remove all of its
personal property on or prior to such last day. Tenant shall promptly repair any
physical damage to the Premises arising as a result of Tenant's  vacation of the
Premises.  Landlord  may  elect  to  retain  or  dispose  of in any  manner  any
improvements or alterations or Tenant's  personal  property that Tenant does not
remove from the Premises on expiration or  termination of the Term as allowed or
required  by this Lease by giving at least ten days'  written  notice to Tenant.
Title to any such improvements or alterations or Tenant's personal property that
Landlord  elects to retain or dispose of on  expiration  of the  ten-day  period
shall vest in Landlord. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damage
to  Tenant  resulting  from  Landlord's  retention  or  disposition  of any such
alterations or Tenant's personal property.

     21.2  Holding  Over.  If  Tenant,  with  Landlord's  consent,   remains  in
possession of the Premises after expiration or termination of the Term, or after
the date in any notice given by Landlord to Tenant  terminating this Lease, such
possession by Tenant shall be deemed to be a month-to-month  tenancy  terminable
on thirty  (30) days'  notice  given at any time by either  party.  The  minimum
monthly rent for any such tenancy  shall be equal to double the aggregate of the
monthly minimum rent in effect on the date of such expiration. Such minimum rent
shall be subject to  adjustment  as provided in this Lease.  Such tenancy  shall
otherwise be subject to all of the terms and  conditions  of this Lease,  except
those  pertaining  to Term and  Option(s)  to extend,  if any.  Any holding over
without Landlord's consent shall not give Tenant tenure.

22.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

     22.1  Notices.  Any and all notices by Landlord to Tenant,  or by Tenant to
Landlord,  shall be in writing and  delivered  personally  or by U.S.  certified
mail,  return  receipt  requested,  addressed  to the  parties at the  addresses
specified on the  signature  page of this Lease.  Either party may, at any time,
change the address by written notice to the other party in accordance  with this
Section.  If notice is mailed, it shall be deemed received on the third business
day following the date on which it is mailed.

     22.2 Binding  Effect;  Complete  Agreement.  Landlord and Tenant agree that
each of the provisions, conditions and obligations of this Lease shall extend to
and bind, or inure to the benefit of (as the case may require),  the  respective
parties hereto,  and each and every one of their  respective  heirs,  executors,
administrators,  representatives,  successors and assigns.  This Lease,  and the
exhibits hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties and may not
be altered,  amended,  modified or extended,  except by an instrument in writing
signed by all  parties.  The  parties  respectively  acknowledge  and agree that
neither has made any  representations  or  warranties to the other not expressly
set forth in this Lease.  This Lease  supersedes  any  proposals  regarding  the
leasing of the Premises,  whether  written or oral.  Any such  proposals will be
terminated,  and of no force or effect,  effective  upon the  execution  of this
Lease.

     22.3  Attorneys'  Fees.  If any legal action is instituted by either of the
parties  hereto to enforce or  construe  any of the  provisions,  conditions  or
covenants of this Lease, or the validity  thereof,  the party  prevailing in any
such action  shall be  entitled to recover  from the other party all court costs
and




<PAGE>



reasonable  attorneys'  fees to be set by the  court,  and the  costs  and  fees
incurred in enforcing any judgment entered.  Attorneys' fees and costs, whenever
mentioned  in  this  Lease,   shall  include  those  incurred  with  respect  to
arbitration proceedings, if any.

     22.4 Partial Invalidity.  If any term or provision, in whole or in part, of
this Lease or the application  thereof to any person or  circumstance  shall, to
any  extent,   be  invalid,   unenforceable,   or  inapplicable  in  the  stated
circumstances or for stated purposes, in any jurisdiction, then the remainder of
this  Lease,  or the  application  of  such  term or  provision  to  persons  or
circumstances  other than those to which it is held  invalid,  unenforceable  or
inapplicable, shall not be affected. Each term and provision of this Lease shall
be valid and be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     22.5  Recordation;  Quitclaim.  Neither party shall record this Lease. Upon
the request of Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion, Tenant shall execute and
acknowledge  in recordable  form a Memorandum  of Lease in content  agreeable to
Landlord. The reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred
by Landlord in preparing,  filing and recording the Memorandum of Lease shall be
borne by Landlord.  Concurrently  with the execution of any Memorandum of Lease,
Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord for filing and recording,  upon the
expiration or termination of this Lease, a quitclaim deed designating  Landlord,
its successors and assigns, as the transferee of the Premises.

     22.6 Broker.  Landlord shall pay a leasing  commission to Leider Commercial
Real Estate and Blair Hayes  Commercial Real Estate in accordance with the terms
of a separate  listing  agreement  between  Landlord and Leider  Commercial Real
Estate.  Tenant  represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has not engaged
any broker or finder  other than Blair  Hayes  Commercial  Real Estate and shall
indemnify,  defend,  and hold Landlord free and harmless from any and all claims
arising from this transaction brought by any other finder or broker.

     22.7  Consent  of Party.  If this  Lease  requires  the  consent of a party
hereto, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     22.8  Corporate  Authority.  If Tenant is a  corporation,  each  individual
executing this Lease on behalf of such corporation  represents and warrants that
he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of such
corporation,  in  accordance  with a duly  adopted  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors, or in accordance with the Bylaws of such corporation; that this Lease
is binding upon such corporation in accordance with its terms;  that Tenant is a
duly  qualified  corporation  and all steps  have been  taken  prior to the date
hereof to qualify  Tenant to do business in the State in which the  Premises are
situated,  if Tenant is a foreign corporation;  that all franchise and corporate
taxes have been paid to date; and that all future forms, reports, fees and other
documents necessary to comply with applicable laws will be filed when due.

     22.9 Time.  Time is of the  essence of this Lease and each and every  term,
covenant and condition.

     22.10 Signs.  Tenant shall install signs, at Tenant's sole expense,  on the
Premises in accordance  with the City of Santa  Barbara sign  ordinance and with
Landlord's  prior approval.  Tenant shall have the exclusive right to signage to
the  main  entrance  to  the  Building,  with  the  exception  of  the  existing
wall-mounted  tenant directory sign. The monument sign will be converted back to
building identification signage.

     22.11 Financial Statements. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of such
financial  statements as are submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission
with  Tenant's  Form 10-Q and 10-K within ten (10)  business  days of the filing
thereof.




<PAGE>




     22.12  Confidentiality  of Lease.  Tenant  acknowledges and agrees that the
terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute  proprietary  information of
Landlord.  Disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely  affect the ability of
Landlord to  negotiate  other  leases with  respect to the  Building  and impair
Landlord's  relationship with other tenants of the Building.  Tenant agrees that
it, its  partners,  officers,  directors,  employees  and  attorneys,  shall not
disclose the terms and  conditions of this Lease to any other person without the
prior  written  consent of Landlord.  A breach of this  covenant by Tenant shall
constitute  a material  default  under this Lease that,  by its  nature,  is not
susceptible to cure by Tenant. It is understood and agreed that damages,  alone,
would be an  inadequate  remedy  for the  breach of this  provision  by  Tenant.
Landlord  therefore  shall  have  the  right  to  specific  performance  of this
provision and to injunctive relief to prevent its breach or continued breach, as
well as all other remedies available at law or in equity.

     22.13 Security  Measures.  Tenant hereby  acknowledges  that Landlord shall
have no  obligation  whatsoever  to  provide  guard  service  or other  security
measures for the benefit of the  Premises or the  Building.  Tenant  assumes all
responsibility  for the  protection  of Tenant  and its  agents,  employees  and
invitees,  and the property of Tenant,  and its agents,  employees and invitees,
from acts of third parties.  Nothing herein contained shall prevent Landlord, at
Landlord's sole option,  from providing security  protection for the Building or
any part  thereof,  in which  event the cost  thereof  shall be  included  as an
Operating Cost.

     22.14     Construction of Lease.  The language in all parts of this Lease
shall
in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not
strictly for nor against Landlord or Tenant.

     22.15 Negation of Joint Venture. Nothing in this Lease shall cause Landlord
in any way to be construed as an employer,  employee,  fiduciary,  a partner,  a
joint venturer,  or otherwise associated in any way with Tenant in the operation
of  the  Premises.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall  subject  Landlord  to any
obligation,  loss,  charge or expense  connected  with or arising from  Tenant's
operation in or use of the Premises.

     22.16  Triple Net Lease.  The  parties  agree that the  general  intent and
purpose of this Lease is that this Lease shall be an  absolute  triple net lease
with respect to Landlord.  Tenant shall pay its pro rata share of all  Operating
Costs for the Premises,  the common areas of the Building,  the Building and the
land on which it is situated.  Landlord and Tenant intend that the rental return
to Landlord shall not be reduced, offset or diminished directly or indirectly by
any cost,  charge or expense due from Tenant and others in  connection  with the
Premises,  Building or land upon which the Building is situated,  nor subject to
suspension  or  termination  for any reason.  Landlord and Tenant agree that all
provisions of this Lease shall be  interpreted in a manner  consistent  with and
subordinate to such general intent and purpose. Tenant further acknowledges that
all tenants of the Building may not be subject to triple net leases.

     22.17 Liquidated  Damages.  BY INITIALING IN THE SPACES PROVIDED BELOW, THE
PARTIES AGREE THAT A LATE OPENING OF THE PREMISES,  LATE OR INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT
OF RENT OR OTHER CHARGES PAYABLE HEREUNDER, OR TENANT'S HOLDING OVER, WILL CAUSE
LANDLORD TO INCUR COSTS NOT CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LEASE, THE EXACT AMOUNT OF SUCH
COSTS BEING  EXTREMELY  DIFFICULT AND  IMPRACTICABLE  TO  ASCERTAIN.  SUCH COSTS
INCLUDE ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES AND LOST GOOD WILL TO THE BUILDING.  THEREFORE,
THIS LEASE PROVIDES FOR CERTAIN LATE CHARGES AND OTHER LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.  SUCH
LATE CHARGES AND DAMAGES  REPRESENT FAIR AND  REASONABLE  ESTIMATES OF THE COSTS
AND/OR DAMAGES THAT LANDLORD WILL INCUR UNDER THE  CIRCUMSTANCES.  ACCEPTANCE OF
ANY SUCH LATE CHARGE OR DAMAGES  SHALL  CONSTITUTE  NEITHER A WAIVER OF TENANT'S
DEFAULT NOR AN ELECTION OF REMEDY.




<PAGE>




          LANDLORD                      TENANT









            (Signatures appear on the following page.)





<PAGE>




     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Lease on this 16 day of
February, 1998, at the location of the Premises.

                              "LANDLORD":

                              BATH STREET PARTNERS,
                              a California limited partnership


                              By  /s/ ALEX N. PANANIDES
                                  ---------------------
                                Alex N. Pananides,
                                General Partner


                              Address:

                              3740 State Street
                              Santa Barbara, California 93105


                              "TENANT":

                              AVTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a
                              Delaware corporation


                              By /s/ ANTHONY E. PAPA
                                 -------------------
                                 Anthony E. Papa, Chief Executive Officer

                              By /s/ JAMES P. PISANI
                                 -------------------
                                 James P. Pisani, Chief Operating Officer


                              Address:

                              Prior to the Commencement Date:
                              AvTel Communications, Inc.
                              130 Cremona Drive, Suite C
                              Santa Barbara, California 93117

                              After the Commencement Date:
                              AvTel Communications, Inc.
                              505 Bath Street*
                              Santa Barbara, California 93101

                              *subject to the provisions of
                               Section 1.4




<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT 10.9

                                   COMMERCIAL
                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

This Lease  Agreement is made and entered into this 28th day of February,  1995,
by and between  Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.  corporation  (hereinafter  called
"Lessor"),  and Matrix Telecom,  Inc., a Texas Corporation  (hereinafter  called
"Lessee").

                                   WITNESSETH:

Lessor. In consideration of the rent to be paid and the covenants and agreements
to be performed by Lessee, as hereinafter set forth, does hereby lease,  demise,
and let unto Lessee and Lessee  accepts  that certain  office  space  containing
approximately  24,050  rentable  square feet on the First & Second  floor in the
building known as Northstar Plaza I (hereinafter called the "Building"), located
on that  certain  tract of land  situated in the City of Fort  Worth,  County of
Tarrant,  State of Texas,  more  particularly  described in Exhibit "A" attached
hereto and made a part hereof (hereinafter  called the "Land").  The area hereby
leased  (hereinafter  called  "Leased  Premises")  in the  Building is shown and
designated  on the  Floor  Plan(s)  attached  hereto  and made a part  hereof as
Exhibit "B".

The Leased Premises are leased by Lessor to Lessee, are accepted,  and are to be
used  and  possessed  by  Lessee  upon  and  subject  to  the  following  terms,
provisions, covenants, agreements, and conditions:

     1. TERM:  Subject to and upon the  conditions  set forth  below,  including
without limitation  subparagraph 34(d), the term of this Lease shall commence on
July 1, 1995 (the  "Commencement  Date") or, if such date is different  from the
Commencement  Date, the Completion Date as defined in subparagraph  34(d), which
Lessor shall use its best efforts to establish  by the  Commencement  Date,  and
shall terminate June 30, 2000 (60) months  thereafter (plus the partial month in
which the Commencement Date or Completion Date occurs, if applicable). If lessee
takes  possession of the Leased  Premises before July 1, 1995 the monthly rental
for the first month shall be prorated based on Year 1 rent.

     2. RENT: (a) Lessee agrees to pay monthly as base rental during the term of
this  Lease the sum of ($ ),  which  amount  shall be  payable  to Lessor at the
address shown below on the first day of the month.  One monthly  installment  of
rent shall be due and payable on the date of  execution  of this Lease by Lessee
for the  first  month's  rent and a like  monthly  installment  shall be due and
payable  on or before  the  first  day of each  calendar  month  succeeding  the
Commencement Date or Completion Date during the demised term; provided,  that if
the  Commencement  Date or the  Completion  date should be a date other than the
first day of a calendar  month,  the  monthly  rental set forth  above  shall be
prorated to the end of that calendar month,  and all succeeding  installments of
rent shall be payable  on or before  the first day of each  succeeding  calendar
month during the demised term.

     (b) On the date of  execution  of this Lease by Lessee,  there shall be due
and  payable by Lessee a  security  deposit  in an amount  equal to one  monthly
rental  installment  to be held  for  the  performance  by  Lessee  of  Lessee's
covenants and obligations  under this Lease, it being expressly  understood that
the deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of




<PAGE>



Lessor's  damage in case of default by Lessee.  Upon the occurrence of any event
of default by Lessee or breach by Lessee of Lessee's covenants under this Lease,
Lessor may, from time to time,  without  prejudice to any other remedy,  use the
security deposit to the extent necessary to make good any arrears of rent and/or
any  damage,  injury,  expense  or  liability  caused  to Lessor by the event of
default or breach of covenant,  any remaining balance of the security deposit to
be returned by Lessor to Lessee upon  termination  of this Lease.  Said security
deposit shall be placed in an interest bearing account and the interest shall be
credited to Lessee provided Lessee is not in default of an

     (c) If any increase in the fire and extended  coverage  insurance  premiums
paid by Lessor for the  Building  in which  Lessor  occupies  space is caused by
Lessee's use and  occupancy  of the Leased  Premises,  or if Lessee  vacates the
Leased  Premises and causes an increase in such premiums,  then Lessee shall pay
as additional rental the amount of such increase to Lessor.

     (d) Other remedies for non-payment of rent notwithstanding,  if the monthly
rental payment is not received by Lessor on or before the fifth day of the month
for which  rent is due,  or if any  other  payment  due  Lessor by Lessee is not
received  by Lessor on or before the tenth day after an invoice or other  demand
therefor has been sent to Lessee,  a service charge of five percent (5%) of such
past due amount  shall  become due and payable in addition to such  amounts owed
under this Lease.

     (e) In the  event  the  operating  expenses  as  defined  below  (hereafter
"Operating  Expenses") of Lessor  relating to the  Building,  the Land and other
improvements  on the Land shall,  in any  calendar  year during the term of this
Lease, exceed the sum of $3.70 per rentable square foot, with the total rentable
square footage of the Building being 24,050 for the purpose of this calculation,
Lessee agrees to pay as additional  rental Lessee's pro rata share (100%) of the
excess Operating Expenses. The increase in operating expenses will be limited to
a 5% increase  above $3.70 per rentable  square foot for the first year and a 5%
increase over the prior year  operating  expenses  thereafter for the purpose of
calculating the Lessee's pro rata share. In the case of the calendar year during
which the Commencement Date or Completion Date occurs, the foregoing calculation
shall be made based upon a pro rata share (as the  balance of the year after the
Commencement Date or Completion Dates bears to the entire year) of the Operating
Expenses for that  calendar year for which  additional  rental is due under this
paragraph,  invoice Lessee for the excess Operating Expenses.  The invoice shall
include in reasonable  detail all  computations  of the additional  rental,  and
Lessee agrees to make payment of the additional rental to Lessor within ten days
following  receipt of the invoice.  In the year in which this Lease  terminates,
Lessor,  in lieu of  waiting  until the close of the  calendar  year in order to
determine any excess  Operating  Expenses,  has the option to invoice Lessee for
Lessee's pro rata share of the Operating Expenses based upon the previous year's
excess Operating Expenses;  Lessor shall invoice Lessee under this option within
thirty days prior to the  termination  of this Lease increase the monthly rental
to an  amount  which  reflects  the  Lessee's  pro rata  share of the  Operating
Expenses based upon the previous year's excess  Operating  Expenses after giving
Lessee thirty days notice. Lessor shall provide Lessee thirty days notice.

     (f) Operating  Expenses  include all expenses  incurred with respect to the
maintenance and operation of the Building, the Land




<PAGE>



and other improvements on the Land,  including,  but not limited to, maintenance
and repair costs, fuel, water,  sewer, gas and other utility charges,  security,
window washing, janitorial services, trash removal,  landscaping,  pest control,
Lessor's  managing  agent whose  duties are  connected  with the  operation  and
maintenance  of the  Building  or other  expenses on the Land,  amounts  paid to
management  firm  to  supervise  operation  of the  Building,  amounts  paid  to
contractors or subcontractors  for work or services performed in connection with
the operation of the Building or other  expenses on the Land,  and all services,
supplies, repairs,  replacements or other expenses for maintaining and operating
the Building and other expenses on the land,  including common areas and parking
area.  Operating Expenses also include all real property taxes and all insurance
premiums  which lessor is required to pay or deems  advisable to pay,  including
public  liability  insurance,  with respect to the Building,  the Land and other
improvements  on the  Land.  Operating  Expenses  do  not  include  any  capital
improvement to the Building, nor shall it include repairs,  restoration or other
work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other casualty, income and franchise taxes
of Lessor,  expenses  incurred in leasing to or  procuring  of tenants,  leasing
commissions,  advertising expenses, expenses for the renovating of space for new
tenants, interest or principal payments on any mortgage or other indebtedness of
Lessor or depreciation allowance or expense.

     (g) Lessee will pay the electric  bill for the entire  property as received
from the utility  company  each month during the primary term and any renewal or
extension period.

     3. SIGNS: (a) Lessor will furnish and install a suitable building directory
and  establish  suite numbers to facilitate  locating and  identifying  Lessee's
premises.  In order to  effect  uniformity,  to  control  the  graphics,  and to
maintain  dignified  aesthetics,  Lessor  will also  furnish  and install at the
entrance  door to  Lessee's  premises a uniform  suite  number  plate and a name
plate.  Signs,  name  plates or  graphics  which are  wholly  within  the Leased
Premises and not visible from the exterior of the Building or from public spaces
within the Building will be permitted.

     4. USAGE AND  INSURANCE:  Lessee  represents to and agrees with Lessor that
the Leased  Premises  shall be used and occupied only for the purpose of general
office use.  Lessee shall occupy the Leased  Premises,  conduct its business and
control its agents,  employees,  contractors,  customers  and invitees in such a
manner as is lawful,  acceptable  and will not create any  nuisance or otherwise
interfere  with,  annoy or  disturb  any  other  tenant in its  normal  business
operations or Lessor in its management of the Building. Lessee shall not commit,
or suffer to be committed,  any waste on the Leased  Premises,  nor shall Lessee
permit the Leased  Premises to be used in any way which would, in the opinion of
Lessor,  be extra  hazardous on account of fire or otherwise  which would in any
way  increase  or render  void the fire  insurance  on the  Leased  Premises  or
contents in the Building.

     5. BUILDING SERVICES:  Lessor shall furnish janitorial  services five times
per  week  during  the  term of this  Lease.  Lessee  shall  pay for the cost of
cleaning services required by non-standard  improvements or special  operations.
Lessor  shall  furnish  water for Lessee  during the term of this lease.  Lessee
shall pay all telephone charges.  Lessor shall furnish Lessee hot and cold water
at those  points of supply  provided  for  general  use of other  tenants in the
Building,  central  heating  and air  conditioning  (at  times  Lessor  normally
furnishes these services to other tenants in




<PAGE>



the Building,  and at temperatures and in amounts as are considered by Lessor to
be standard, routine maintenance, painting and electric lighting service for all
common areas of the Building in the manner and to the extent deemed by Lessor to
be standard.  Failure by Lessor to any extent to furnish these defined services,
or any  cessation  thereof,  resulting  from causes beyond the control of Lessor
shall  neither  render Lessor liable in any respect for damages to either person
or property,  be  construed as an eviction of Lessee,  work an abatement of rent
nor relieve Lessee from fulfillment of any covenant in this Lease. Should any of
the  equipment  or  machinery  break  down,  or for any cause  cease to function
properly, Lessor shall use reasonable diligence to repair the same promptly, but
Lessee shall have no claim for rebate on account of any  interruption in service
occasioned  by the  repairs,  nor shall the same be  construed as an eviction of
Lessee, nor relieve Lessee from fulfillment of any covenant in this Lease. Under
no circumstances will Lessor be liable for any indirect or consequential damages
caused by any interruption of building services.

     6. REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE: Lessor will, at its own cost and expense, except
as may be provided  elsewhere  herein,  make  necessary  repairs to the Building
corridors,  lobby, and other common areas of the Building and other improvements
on the Land and to the structural  parts of the Building and other  improvements
on the  Land,  and to the lines  and  equipment  used to  provide  the  services
referred to herein up to the point of entry into the Leased Premises, unless any
such damage is caused by the negligent acts or omissions of Lessee,  its agents,
employees,  contractors,  customers  or  invitees,  in which event  Lessee,  its
agents,  employees,  contractors,  customers or invitees,  in which event Lessee
will bear the cost of such  repair.  Lessee will  promptly  give Lessor  written
notice of repair  required to be done by Lessor,  as aforesaid,  of which Lessee
may become  aware.  Lessor  shall not be liable to Lessee,  except as  expressly
provided in this Lease, for any damage or inconvenience, and Lessee shall not be
entitled  to any  abatement  or  reduction  of rent,  by reason of any  repairs,
alterations  or  additions  made by Lessor  under this Lease.  All  requests for
repairs or maintenance  that are the  responsibility  of Lessor  pursuant to any
provision  of this Lease must be made in  writing to Lessor at the  address  set
forth below and Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of its  obligations  unless
it fails to commence such repairs within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

     7.  LESSEE'S  REPAIRS  AND  ALTERATIONS:  Lessee  will not,  in any manner,
deface, injure or damage the Leased Premises,  the Building, or any improvements
on the Land, and will pay the cost of repairing any damage or injury done to the
Leased Premises,  the Building or such other  improvements by Lessee or Lessee's
agents, employees,  contractors,  customers or invitees. Lessee shall throughout
the term of this Lease take good care of the leased  Premises and keep them free
from waste and nuisance of any kind.  Lessee  further  agrees to keep the Leased
Premises,  including all fixtures  installed by lessee,  any plate glass and any
mechanical lines and equipment within the Leased Premises, in good condition and
make all necessary repairs thereto except for those caused by fire, casualty, or
acts of God covered by Landlord's  fire insurance  policy  covering the Building
and except for repairs to structural parts of the Building which are required to
be done by the Lessor.  If Lessee fails to make such repairs within fifteen (15)
days after the  occurrence  of the damage or injury,  Lessor may, at its option,
make such repair and Lessee shall, upon demand therefor, pay Lessor for the cost
thereof, plus a charge in the amount of 15% of the




<PAGE>



cost thereof to cover the overhead and administrative expenses of Lessor. Lessee
will not make or allow to be made any alterations or physical additions in or to
the  Leased  Premises   without  the  prior  written  consent  of  Lessor.   All
maintenance, repairs, alterations, additions, or improvements shall be conducted
only by contractors and  subcontractors  approved in writing by Lessor, it being
understood  that  Lessee  shall  procure  and  maintain,  and shall  cause  such
contractors and subcontractors engaged by or on behalf of Lessee, to procure and
maintain,  insurance  coverage against such risks, in such amounts and with such
companies as Lessor may require in connection with any such maintenance, repair,
alteration,  addition,  or improvement.  Upon termination of this Lease,  Lessee
will surrender and deliver up the Leased Premises in the same  condition,  order
and repair as existed at the  Commencement  Date or Completion  Date,  excepting
ordinary wear and tear.

     8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS,  RULES AND  REGULATIONS:  Lessee shall comply with
all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of state, federal, municipal
or other agencies or bodies having  jurisdiction  relating to the use, condition
and occupancy of the Leased  Premises.  Lessee will comply with the rules of the
Building  adopted by Lessor  which are set forth on  EXHIBIT C attached  to this
Lease.  Lessor  shall  have the  right at all  times to  change  the  rules  and
regulations of the Building or to amend them in any reasonable  manner as may be
deemed advisable for the safety, care and cleanliness,  and for the preservation
of good order, of the Leased  Premises.  All changes and amendments in the rules
and  regulations of the Building will be sent by Lessor to Lessee in writing and
shall thereafter be carried out and observed by Lessee.

     9.  LESSOR  IMPROVEMENTS:  If  construction  is to be done by Lessor to the
Leased  Premises  prior to Lessee's  occupancy,  Lessor  will,  at its  expense,
*commence and/or complete the construction of the improvements  constituting the
Leased  Premises,  including  partitions,  in accordance with the floor plan set
forth on Exhibit B and the  specifications  agreed to by the  parties and made a
part of this Lease by  reference.  Upon  completion  of the  Building  and other
improvements in accordance with the plans and  specifications,  Lessee agrees to
accept  delivery of the Leased  Premises  and to execute and deliver to Lessor a
letter accepting delivery of the Leased Premises.

     10. ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS: Lessee shall not make or allow to be made
any alterations or physical additions in or to the Leased Premises without first
obtaining the written consent of Lessor. Any alterations,  physical additions or
improvements  to the Leased  Premises  made by Lessee  shall at once  become the
property of Lessor and shall be  surrendered  to Lessor upon the  termination of
this Lease.  Lessor,  at its option,  may require  Lessee to remove any physical
additions  and/or repair any alterations in order to restore the premises to the
condition  existing  prior to the time  Lessee  took  possession,  all  costs of
removal and/or alterations to be borne by Lessee. This clause shall not apply to
moveable  equipment or furniture  owned by Lessee which may be removed by Lessee
at the end of the term of this  Lease if  Lessee is not then in  default  and if
such equipment and furniture is not then subject to any other rights,  liens and
interests  of Lessor,  provided  that Lessee  repairs  any damage  caused by the
installation or removal thereof.

     11.  CONDEMNATION:  (a) If, during the term (or any extension
or renewal) of this Lease, all or a substantial part of the Leased




<PAGE>



Premises  are taken for any public or  quasi-public  use under any  governmental
law,  ordinance  or  regulation,  or by right of  eminent  domain or by  private
purchase in lieu thereof,  and the taking would prevent or materially  interfere
with the use of the  Leased  Premises  for the  purpose  for which they are then
being used,  this Lease shall  terminate and the rent shall be abated during the
unexpired  portion of this Lease  effective on the date  physical  possession is
taken  by  the  condemning  authority.   Lessee  shall  have  no  claim  to  the
condemnation award.

     (b) In the event a portion  of the Leased  Premises  shall be taken for any
public or quasi-public use under any governmental law,  ordinance or regulation,
or by right of eminent domain or by private sale in lieu thereof, and this Lease
is not terminated as provided in the subparagraph above, Lessor may, at Lessor's
sole  risk  and  expense,   restore  and  reconstruct  the  Building  and  other
improvements  on the  Leased  Premises  to  the  extent  necessary  to  make  it
reasonably  tenantable.  The rent payable  under this Lease during the unexpired
portion  of the term  shall be  adjusted  to such an  extent  as may be fair and
reasonable  under  the  circumstances.   Lessee  shall  have  no  claim  to  the
condemnation award.

     12.  FIRE AND  CASUALTY:  (a) If the  Leased  Premises  should  be  totally
destroyed by fire,  tornado or other casualty,  or if the Leased Premises should
be so damaged so that  rebuilding  cannot  reasonably  be  completed  within one
hundred and eighty (180) working days after the date of written  notification by
Lessee to Lessor of the  destruction,  this Lease shall  terminate  and the rent
shall be abated for the unexpired portion of the Lease, effective as of the date
of the written  notification.  In no event shall rent be paid by Lessee when the
building  is not in an  acceptable  condition  as it relates  to the  casualties
described in this paragraph.

     (b) If the Leased Premises should be partially damaged by fire,  tornado or
other casualty, and rebuilding or repairs can reasonably be completed within one
hundred and eighty (180) working days from the date of written  notification  by
Lessee to Lessor of the destruction,  this Lease shall not terminate, but Lessor
may at its sole risk and expense proceed with reasonable diligence to rebuild or
repair the Building to  substantially  the condition in which they existed prior
to the damage.  If the Leased  Premises  are to be rebuilt or  repaired  and are
untenantable  in  whole or in part  following  the  damage,  and the  damage  or
destruction was not caused or contributed to by act or negligence of Lessee, its
agents, employees, contractors, customers, invitees or others for whom Lessee is
responsible,  the rent payable  under this Lease during the period for which the
Leased Premises are  untenantable  shall be adjusted to such an extent as may be
fair and reasonable under the  circumstances.  In the event that Lessor fails to
complete the necessary repairs or rebuilding within one hundred and eighty (180)
working days from the date of written terminate this Lease by delivering written
notice of termination to Lessor,  whereupon all rights and obligations under the
Lease shall cease to exist.

     13. CASUALTY  INSURANCE:  Lessor shall at all times during the term of this
Lease  maintain a policy or  policies of  insurance  with the  premiums  paid in
advance, issued by and binding upon some solvent insurance company, insuring the
Building  against  loss or  damage  by  fire,  explosion  or other  hazards  and
contingencies for the full insurable value;  provided,  that Lessor shall not be
obligated in any way or manner to insure any personal property  (including,  but
not limited to, any furniture,  machinery, goods or supplies) of Lessee or which
Lessee may have upon or within the




<PAGE>



Leased  Premises  or any  fixtures  installed  by or paid for by Lessee  upon or
within the Leased  Premises  or any  additional  improvements  which  Lessee may
construct on the Leased  Premises.  Lessee shall at all times during the term of
this Lease  maintain a policy or policies of insurance with the premiums paid in
advance, issued by and binding upon some solvent insurance company, insuring all
of Lessee's  property  at the Leased  Premises  against  loss or damage by fire,
explosion  or other  hazards  and  contingencies  for the full  insurable  value
thereof  and shall  provide  to Lessor at all such times a  certificate  of such
insurance.

     14.  WAIVER  OF  SUBROGATION:  Anything  in  this  Lease  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding,  Lessor and Lessee  hereby  waive and release each other of and
from any and all rights of recovery,  claim, action or cause of action,  against
each other,  their agents,  officers and employees,  for any loss or damage that
may occur to the Leased Premises,  and any additional  improvements thereto, the
Building or other  improvements  on the Land,  or personal  property  (including
contents)  within  the  Building,  by reason of fire or other  causes  which are
covered by standard  extended  coverage hazard insurance  regardless of cause or
origin,  including negligence of Lessor or Lessee and their agents, officers and
employees.  Because this  paragraph  will  preclude the  assignment of any claim
mentioned in it by way as subrogation (or otherwise) to an insurance company (or
any other person),  each party to this Lease agrees  immediately to give to each
insurance  company which has issued to it policies of fire and extended coverage
insurance,  written notice of the terms of the mutual waivers  contained in this
paragraph,  and to have the insurance policies properly endorsed,  if necessary,
to prevent the  invalidation  of the insurance  coverage by reason of the mutual
waivers contained in this paragraph.

     15. HOLD  HARMLESS:  Lessor  shall not be liable to Lessee,  or to Lessee's
agents, employees,  contractors,  customers or invitees for any damage to person
or  property  caused by any act,  omission  or neglect of  Lessee,  its  agents,
employees,  contractors,  customers or invitees,  and Lessee agrees to indemnify
and hold Lessor  harmless  from all  liability  and claims for any such  damage.
Lessee  shall  not be  liable  to  Lessor,  or to  Lessor's  agents,  employees,
contractors,  customers or invitees for any damage to person or property  caused
by any act, omission or neglect of Lessor, its agents,  employees,  contractors,
customers or invitees and Lessor  agrees to indemnify  and hold Lessee  harmless
from all claims for such  damage.  The  provisions  of this  paragraph  shall be
subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.

     16.  LIABILITY INSURANCE, INDEMNITY AND EXCULPATION:

     (a) Lessee must procure and maintain  throughout the term of this Lease and
any extensions or renewals of such term general commercial  liability  insurance
(including blanket contractual liability coverage), which shall cover any claims
for bodily injury,  death and/or property damage  occurring in or resulting from
any occurrence in or about the Leased Premises,  including injury,  death and/or
damage  caused by the  condition  of or any defect in the Leased  Premises.  The
policies evidencing such insurance must be in broad form satisfactory to Lessor,
must name Lessor as an additional insured, must be issued by insurance companies
acceptable to Lessor,  and must afford immediate  protection to the limit of not
less than $1,000,000 per accident.  With respect to each policy  evidencing such
liability insurance,  Lessee shall obtain any available endorsements required by
Lessor.  Lessee shall also deliver the policy or a  certificate  evidencing  the
same to




<PAGE>



Lessor prior to occupying the Leased Premises or commencing the  construction of
any improvements therein, and Lessee shall deliver a certificate of renewal from
the applicable  insurer at least ten days prior to the expiration of the policy.
In addition,  Lessee shall obtain and deliver to Lessor a written  obligation on
the part of each of its  insurance  companies to notify  Lessor at least 10 days
prior to any cancellation of or material change to such insurance.

     (b) Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor harmless from all fines,  suits,
costs and liability of every kind,  including without limitation,  attorney fees
and costs in defense of any claim relating thereto,  arising because of: (i) any
violation or nonperformance by Lessee of representation or covenant contained in
this Lease: (ii) any bodily injury, death and/or damage to property occurring in
or resulting from any occurrence in the Leased  Premises during the term of this
Lease;  and (iii) any  bodily  injury,  death  and/or  property  damage  that is
incident  to,  arises out of, or is in any way  caused by the acts or  negligent
omissions of Lessee or any of its agents, employees,  contractors,  customers or
invitees.  The indemnity set out in the preceding  sentence will not be impaired
or affected by  negligence on the part of Lessor or anyone acting for Lessor and
is not limited in any way to the amount of insurance  required by the  preceding
subparagraph (a).

     (c) Lessee  accepts  responsibility  for keeping all personal  property and
equipment in the Leased Premises adequately insured and for maintaining adequate
business  interruption  insurance.  Lessor  will not be  liable to  Lessee,  its
employees,  agents, licensees,  invitees or insurers for bodily injury, death or
property  damage  occasioned by the acts or omissions of any other tenant of the
Building or of other tenants, agents,  employees,  licensees, or invitees within
the  Building.  Further,  Lessor  will not be liable to Lessee for any  property
damage,  bodily injury or  inconvenience  caused by the condition,  maintenance,
repair or alteration of the Building,  or the failure to provide  maintenance or
repairs,  except to the extent  caused by Lessor's  gross  negligence or willful
misconduct.


     17. PEACEFUL  ENJOYMENT:  Lessor warrants that it has full right to execute
and to perform this Lease and to grant the estate demised and that Lessee,  upon
payment of the required rents and performing  the terms,  conditions,  covenants
and agreements  contained in this Lease,  shall peaceably and quietly have, hold
and enjoy the Leased  Premises during the full term of this Lease as well as any
extension or renewal thereof.

     18. LESSOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY: Lessor shall have the right, at all reasonable
hours,  to enter the Leased  Premises  for the  following  reasons:  inspection;
cleaning or making  repairs,  or  alterations  or  additions  as Lessor may deem
necessary or desirable,  whether to the Leased  premises or to other portions of
the Building;  determining Lessee's use of the Leased Premises or determining if
an act of default under this Lease has occurred;  or showing the Leased Premises
to any existing or prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Building.

     19.  ASSIGNMENT  OR  SUBLEASE:  Lessor shall have the right to transfer and
assign,  in whole or in part,  its rights and  obligations  in the  Building and
property that are the subject of this Lease.  Lessee shall not assign this lease
or sublet  all or any part of the  Leased  Premises  without  the prior  written
consent




<PAGE>



of Lessor.*  Lessor  shall have the option,  upon receipt from Lessee of written
request for Lessor's  consent to subletting or assignment,  to cancel this Lease
as of the date the requested  subletting  or assignment is to be effective.  The
option  shall be  exercised,  if at all,  within  fifteen  (15)  days  following
Lessor's  receipt of written  notice by delivery to Lessee of written  notice of
Lessor's  intention to exercise the option.  In the event of any  assignment  or
subletting,  Lessee shall nevertheless at all times remain fully responsible and
liable  for the  payment  of the rent and for  compliance  with all of its other
obligations  under the terms,  provisions and covenants of this Lease.  Upon the
occurrence of an "event of default" as defined below,  if all or any part of the
Leased  Premises are then assigned or sublet,  Lessor,  in addition to any other
remedies provided by this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option,  collect
directly  from the  assignee or  subtenant  all rents  becoming due to Lessee by
reason of the assignment or sublease,  and Lessor shall have a security interest
in all  properties on the Leased  Premises to secure  payment of such sums.  Any
collection  directly  by lessor  from the  assignee  or  subtenant  shall not be
construed  to  constitute  a novation  or a release of Lessee  from the  further
performance  of its  obligations  under this Lease.*  Such consent  shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

     20.  LANDLORD'S  LIEN:  In  addition  to and  cumulative  of any  statutory
landlord's  lien  provided  by law, as security  for  Lessee's  payment of rent,
damages and all other payments required to be made by this Lease,  Lessee hereby
grants to Lessor a lien upon all property of Lessee now or subsequently  located
upon the Leased Premises.  If Lessee abandons or vacates any substantial portion
of the Leased  premises or is in default in the payment of any rentals,  damages
or other  payments  required  to be made by this  Lease or is in  default of any
other  provision of this Lease,  Lessor may enter upon the Leased  Premises,  by
changing  locks  if  necessary,  and take  possession  of all or any part of the
personal  property,  and may sell all or any part of the personal  property at a
public or private sale, in one or successive  sales,  with or without notice, to
the highest  bidder for cash,  and, on behalf of Lessee,  sell and convey all or
part of the personal  property to the highest bidder,  delivering to the highest
bidder all of Lessee's title and interest in the personal  property sold to him.
The  proceeds of the sale of the  personal  property  shall be applied by Lessor
toward the reasonable costs and expenses of the sale, including attorney's fees,
and then toward the  payment of all sums then due by Lessee to Lessor  under the
terms of this Lease;  any excess  remaining shall be paid to Lessee or any other
person entitled thereto by law.

     21.  UNIFORM  COMMERCIAL  CODE:  To the extent,  if any,  this Lease grants
Lessor  any  lien or lien  rights  greater  than  provided  by the laws of Texas
pertaining to "Landlord's  Liens",  this Lease is intended as and  constitutes a
security  agreement  within the meaning of the Uniform  Commercial Code of Texas
and, Lessor, in addition to the rights prescribed in this Lease,  shall have all
of the rights,  titles,  liens and interests in and to Lessee's  property now or
hereafter located upon the Leased Premises which are granted a secured party, as
that term is defined,  under the Uniform  Commercial Code in Texas to secure the
payment to lessor of the various amounts provided in this Lease.  Lessee will on
request  execute and deliver to lessor a financing  statement for the purpose of
perfecting  Lessor's  security interest under this Lease or Lessor may file this
Lease or a copy thereof as a financing statement.

     22. MECHANIC'S LIENS: Lessee shall not permit the placing of any mechanic's
liens against the Building, the Land or other




<PAGE>



improvements  on the Land  caused  by or  resulting  from  any  work  performed,
materials  furnished or  obligation  incurred by or at the request of (or at the
request  of)  Tenant.  Nothing in this Lease or in any other  agreement  between
lessor  and Lessee  constitutes  the  consent  or request of Lessor,  express or
implied,  to any  contractor,  subcontractors,  laborer or  materialman  for the
performance  of any labor or the  furnishing  of any  materials for any specific
improvement alteration or repair to the Building, the Land or other improvements
on the Land. Nor does anything  contained  herein or in any other agreement made
by Lessor and Lessee concerning the Leased Premises give Lessee any right, power
or  authority  to contract  for or permit the  rendering  of any services or the
furnishing of any materials that would give rise to the filing of any mechanic's
or other liens against the interest of Lessor in the Building, the Land or other
improvements on the Land. If any lien is filed against the interest of Lessor in
the Building or against the interest of Lessor in the Leased Premises because of
work  performed,  materials  supplied  or an  obligation  incurred  by or at the
request of (or alleged  request of) Lessee,  then Lessee shall cause the same to
be  discharged  of  record  within 20 days  after  filing.  If  Lessee  fails to
discharge  the lien within such period,  then, in addition to any other right or
remedy of Lessor,  Lessor may, but will not be obligated to,  discharge the same
either by paying the amount  claimed to be due or by procuring  the discharge by
deposit in court or bonding.  Any amount paid by Lessor to  discharge  the lien,
and all  reasonable  legal and other  expenses of Lessor,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  in defending any such action or in procuring the discharge of
the lien shall be repaid by Lessee on demand.

     23.  DEFAULT  BY  LESSEE:  The  following  shall be  deemed to be events of
default by Lessee under this Lease:

          (a) Lessee shall fail to pay when due any  installment  of rent or any
other payment required  pursuant to this Lease.  Lessee shall have ten (10) days
to cure this default after receiving written notice of non-payment from Lessor;

          (b)  Lessee  shall  abandon  any  substantial  portion  of the  Leased
Premises;

          (c) Lessee  shall fail to comply with any term,  provision or covenant
of this  Lease,  other than the  payment of rent,  and the  failure is not cured
within thirty (30) days after written notice to Lessee;

          (d) Lessee shall file a petition or be adjudged  bankrupt or insolvent
under the Federal  Bankruptcy Act, as amended,  or any similar law or statute of
the United States or any state;  or a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for
all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of  Lessee;  or Lessee  shall  make a
transfer in fraud of  creditors or shall make an  assignment  for the benefit of
creditors;

          (e)  Lessee  shall do or permit to be done any act which  results in a
lien being filed against the Leased Premises.

     24.  REMEDIES FOR LESSEE'S  DEFAULT:  Upon the  occurrence  of any event of
default  set forth in this  Lease  Agreement,  Lessor  shall  have the option to
pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand:

          (a)  Terminate this Lease, in which event Lessee shall




<PAGE>



immediately  surrender  the Leased  Premises to Lessor,  and, if Lessee fails to
surrender the Leased Premises, Lessor may, without prejudice to any other remedy
which it may have for  possession  or  arrearages  in rent,  enter upon and take
possession of the Leased Premises, by changing locks if necessary, and lock out,
expel or remove Lessee and any other person who may be occupying all or any part
of the Leased  Premises  without being liable for  prosecution  of any claim for
damages.  Upon the  termination of this Lease, in addition to all unpaid rentals
and other monetary  obligations of Lessee to Lessor,  Lessor will be entitled to
recover,  not as rent or a penalty but as compensation  for Lessor's loss of the
benefit of its bargain with Lessee,  the difference  between (i) an amount equal
to the  present  value of the rental  and other  sums that this  Lease  provides
Lessee will pay for the  remainder of the term hereof and for the balance of any
then effective  extension of the term hereof,  and (ii) the present value of the
net future rentals for such period that will be or with reasonable efforts could
be collected by Lessor by reletting the Leased Premises.  The foregoing  present
values will be calculated by discounting at the rate of 8 percent per annum. For
purposes of determining what could be collected by Lessor by reletting under the
preceding sentence, it will be assumed that Lessor is not required to relet when
other  comparable  space in the Building is available  for lease and that Lessor
will not be required to incur any cost to relet,  other than  customary  leasing
commissions.

          (b) Enter upon and take possession of the Leased Premises, by changing
locks if  necessary,  and lock out,  expel or remove Lessee and any other person
who may be occupying all of any part of the Leased Premises without being deemed
guilty of trespass,  without being liable for any claim for damages, and without
causing a termination  of or forfeiture of this Lease or of Lessee's  obligation
to pay rent and other  charges,  and may relet the Leased  Premises on behalf of
Lessee and receive directly the rent by reason of the reletting, but the failure
to so relet shall not reduce  Lessee's  liability for rents and other charges or
for damages. Lessee agrees to pay Lessor on demand any deficiency that may arise
by reason of any  reletting of the Leased  Premises;  further,  Lessee agrees to
reimburse Lessor for any expenditures  made by it for remodeling or repairing in
order to relet the  Leased  Premises.  In  connection  with any such  reletting,
Lessor will not be  obligated to incur any cost to relet,  other than  customary
leasing  commissions,  will not be  obligated  to relet  for less  than the then
market value of the leased  Premises or to relet the leased  Premises when other
comparable  rental space in the Building is available  for lease,  and may relet
the Leased  Premises for a term to expire at the same time as,  earlier than, or
subsequent to, the expiration of the term hereof and/or relet all or any portion
of the Leased Premises as a part of a larger area. Lessee may retain the excess,
if any, of the rent earned from  reletting the Leased  Premises over the rentals
specified in this Lease.

          (c) Enter upon the Leased  Premises,  by changing  locks if necessary,
without being liable for  prosecution of any claim for damages,  and do whatever
Lessee  is  obligated  to do under  the terms of this  Lease.  Lessee  agrees to
reimburse  Lessor on demand for any expenses which Lessor may incur in effecting
compliance with Lessee's  obligations under this Lease;  further,  Lessee agrees
that  Lessor  shall not be  liable  for any  damages  resulting  to Lessee  from
effecting compliance with Lessee's obligations under this subparagraph caused by
the negligence of Lessor or otherwise.

          (d)  After an event of default by Lessee, Lessor may




<PAGE>



recover  from  Lessee  from time to time and  Lessee  shall  pay to Lessor  upon
demand,  whether or not Lessor has relet the Leased  Premises or terminated this
Lease,  (i) such  expenses as Lessor may incur in  recovering  possession of the
Leased  Premises,  terminating  this Lease,  placing the Leased Premises in good
order and condition and altering or repairing the same for  reletting;  (ii) all
other costs and expenses (including  brokerage  commissions and legal fees) paid
or  incurred by Lessor in  exercising  any remedy or as a result of the event of
default by Lessee; and (iii) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for
all the detriment  proximately  caused by Lessee's  failure to perform  Lessee's
obligations  under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result from such failure.

          (e) To the extent  permitted  by law,  Lessee  and  Lessor  agree that
paragraphs  (a), (b), (c), (e) and (g) of Section  93.002 of the Texas  Property
Code shall not apply to this Lease. However, as provided in Section 93.002(d) of
the Texas  Property  Code,  Lessee will be presumed to have abandoned the Leased
Premises if goods, equipment, or other property, in an amount substantial enough
to indicate a probable  intent to abandon the Leased  Premises,  is being or has
been removed  from the Leased  Premises and the removal is not within the normal
course of Lessee's business.

     25.  WAIVER OF DEFAULT OR REMEDY:  Failure of Lessor to declare an event of
default  immediately  upon its  occurrence  or delay in  taking  any  action  in
connection  with an  event of  default  shall  not  constitute  a waiver  of the
default,  but Lessor shall have the right to declare the default at any time and
take such action as is lawful or authorized under this Lease. Pursuit of any one
or more of the  remedies  set forth in the above  paragraph  shall not  preclude
pursuit of any other of the remedies set forth in the above paragraph and/or any
one or more of the other remedies  provided  elsewhere in this Lease or provided
by law, nor shall  pursuit of any remedy  provided  constitute  a forfeiture  or
waiver of any rent or damages  accruing to Lessor by reason of the  violation of
any of the terms,  provisions  or covenants of this Lease.  Failure by Lessor to
enforce one or more of the remedies  provided upon an event of default shall not
be deemed or  construed  to  constitute  a waiver of the default or of any other
violation or breach of any of the terms,  provisions and covenants  contained in
this Lease.

     26. ACTS OF GOD:  Lessor  shall not be required to perform any  covenant or
obligation  in this  Lease,  or be liable in damages  to Lessee,  so long as the
performance or non-performance of the covenant or obligation is delayed,  caused
by or prevented by an act of God or force majeure.

     27. ATTORNEYS' FEES: In the event Lessee defaults in the performance of any
of the terms,  covenants,  agreements or conditions  contained in this Lease and
Lessor places in the hands of an attorney the  enforcement of all or any part of
this  Lease,  the  collection  of any rent or other sums due or to become due or
recovery of the possession of the Leased  Premises,  Lessee agrees to pay Lessor
reasonable  attorneys'  fees for the services of the  attorney,  whether suit is
actually  filed or not.  In no event  shall  the  attorneys'  fees be less  than
fifteen percent of the outstanding balance owed by Lessee to Lessor.

     28.  HOLDING  OVER:  In the  event of  holding  over by  Lessee  after  the
expiration or termination of this Lease or any extension  thereof,  the holdover
shall be as a tenant at will and all of the




<PAGE>



terms and  provisions  of this Lease shall be  applicable  during  that  period,
except that Lessee shall pay Lessor as rental for the period of such holdover an
amount  equal to one and A Quarter  the rent which  would  have been  payable by
Lessee had the holdover  period been a part of the original or extended  term of
this  Lease.  Additionally,  Lessee  shall be liable to Lessor  for any  damages
caused to Lessor by such  holdover.  Lessee  agrees to vacate  and  deliver  the
Leased Premises to Lessor upon Lessee's receipt of notice from Lessor on demand.
No holding  over by Lessee,  whether  with or without  consent of Lessor,  shall
operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided.

     29. RIGHTS OF MORTGAGEE:  Lessee accepts this Lease subject and subordinate
to any recorded  mortgage,  deed of trust or other lien presently  existing upon
the Leased  Premises.  Lessee  further  agrees  that this  Lease is subject  and
subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or other lien hereafter placed on the
Leased Premises,  and, although this provision is self-operative,  Lessee agrees
upon demand to execute additional instruments subordinating this Lease as Lessor
may require. If the interests of Lessor under this Lease shall be transferred by
reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any mortgage, deed
of trust or other  lien on the  Leased  Premises,  Lessee  shall be bound to the
transferee  (sometimes  called the "Purchaser")  under the terms,  covenants and
conditions  of this  Lease  for  the  balance  of the  term  remaining,  and any
extensions or renewals,  with the same force and effect as if the Purchaser were
Lessor under this Lease,  and Lessee agrees to attorn to and upon the request of
the Purchaser  including the mortgagee or beneficiary under any such mortgage or
deed of  trust if it be the  Purchaser,  as its  lessor,  the  attornment  to be
effective and  self-operative  without the execution of any further  instruments
upon the  Purchaser  succeeding  to the  interest of Lessor under this Lease and
requiring such attornment.  The respective  rights and obligations of Lessee and
the Purchaser upon the attornment,  to the extent of the then remaining  balance
of the term of this Lease, and any extensions and renewals, shall be and are the
same as those set forth in this Lease.  Notwithstanding  that such attornment is
self-operative, Lessee agrees to execute such further agreements in confirmation
thereof  as shall  be  reasonably  requested  by  Lessor  or such  mortgagee  or
beneficiary,  and Lessee further agrees to include in such agreements such other
provisions  as may be  reasonably  requested  by  Lessor  or such  mortgagee  or
beneficiary,  including without limitation  provisions for notice of default and
opportunity to cure to such mortgagee or beneficiary  and the  non-liability  of
such mortgagee or beneficiary for claims against the Lessor.

     30. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES:  Lessee agrees to furnish promptly, from time to
time, upon request of Lessor or Lessor's mortgagee or beneficiary or prospective
mortgagee or beneficiary or prospective  purchaser, a statement certifying that:
Lessee  is in  possession  of the  Leased  Premises:  the  Leased  Premises  are
acceptable;  the Lease is in full  force and  effect,  the Lease is  unmodified;
Lessee claims no present charge, lien, or claim of offset against rent; the rent
is paid  for the  current  month,  but is not paid and will not be paid for more
than one month in advance; there is no existing default by reason of some act or
omission  by Lessor;  and such other  matters as may be  reasonably  required by
Lessor or Lessor's mortgagee or beneficiary.

     31.  SUCCESSORS:  This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of Lessor and  Lessee  and their  respective  heirs,  personal  representatives,
successors and assigns, and references




<PAGE>



herein to  "Lessor"  or  "Lessee"  shall  include  all of such  heirs,  personal
representatives,  successors and assigns,  but the foregoing does not detract in
any way from the provisions of Paragraph 19 hereof.  It is hereby covenanted and
agreed that should  Lessor's  interest in the Leased Premises cease to exist for
any reason during the term of the Lease, then  notwithstanding  the happening of
such event this Lease nevertheless shall remain unimpaired and in full force and
effect  and  Lessee  hereunder  agrees to attorn to the then owner of the Leased
Premises.

     32. RENT TAX: If applicable in the  jurisdiction  where the Leased Premises
are situated, Lessee shall pay and be liable for all rental, sales and use taxes
or other similar taxes, if any, levied or imposed by any city, state,  county or
other governmental body having authority, such payments to be in addition to all
other  payments  required to be paid to Lessor by Lessee under the terms of this
Lease. Any such payment shall be paid  concurrently with the payment of the rent
upon which the tax is based as set forth above.

     33. NOTICE:  (a) all rent and other payments  required to be made by Lessee
shall be payable to Lessor at the address set forth below,  or any other address
Lessor may specify from time to time by written notice delivered to Lessee.

     (b) All  payments  required to be made by Lessor to Lessee shall be payable
to Lessee at the address set forth  below,  or at any other  address  within the
United States as Lessee may specify from time to time by written notice.

     (c) Any notice or document  required or  permitted  to be delivered by this
Lease shall be deemed to be delivered  (whether or not actually  required)  when
deposited in the United States Mail,  postage  prepaid,  certified mail,  return
receipt requested,  addressed to the parties at the respective addresses set out
below:

LESSOR:                            LESSEE:

Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.      Matrix Telecom, Inc.
c/o The Centra Group, L.L.C.       8721 Airport Freeway
1901 Central Drive, Suite 212      North Richland Hills, TX 76180
Bedford, TX  76021

     34.  DEFINITIONS:  These  definitions  apply to the terms  defined as those
terms are used throughout this Lease.

          (a) "Abandon"  means the vacating of all or a  substantial  portion of
the Leased Premises by Lessee, whether or not Lessee is in default of the rental
payments due under this Lease.
          (b) An "act of God" or "force  majeure"  is defined for the purpose of
this Lease as strikes,  lockouts,  sit-downs,  material or labor restrictions by
any governmental authority,  riots, floods, washouts,  explosions,  earthquakes,
fire, storms, acts of the public enemy, wars,  insurrections and any other cause
not  reasonably  within the  control of Lessor and which by the  exercise of due
diligence Lessor is unable, wholly or in part, to prevent or overcome.

          (c) The Commencement  Date shall be the date set forth in paragraph 2.
The Commencement  Date shall constitute the commencement of this Lease Agreement
for all purposes, whether or not Lessee has actually taken possession.

          (d) The Completion Date shall be the date on which the




<PAGE>



improvements  erected and to be erected upon the Leased Premises shall have been
completed in accordance with the plans and specifications described in paragraph
9. Lessor  shall use its best efforts to establish  the  Completion  Date as the
date set forth in  paragraph 2. In the event that the  improvements  have not in
fact been  completed as of that date,  Lessee shall notify  Lessor in writing of
its objections. Lessor shall have a reasonable time after delivery of the notice
in which to take such  corrective  action as may be necessary,  and shall notify
Lessee in writing as soon as it deems such corrective  action has been completed
so that the  improvements  are  completed  and  ready for  occupancy.  Taking of
possession  by  Lessee  shall  be  conclusively  deemed  to  establish  that the
improvements  have been  completed and that the Leased  Premises are in good and
satisfactory condition, as of the date possession was so taken by Lessee, except
for latent defects, if any.

          (e) "Real  property  tax" means all city,  state and county  taxes and
assessments including special district taxes or assessments.

          (f) The captions appearing in this Lease are inserted only as a matter
of convenience  and in no way define,  limit,  construe or describe the scope or
intent of such paragraph.

     35.  LIMITED  LIABILITY OF LESSOR:  All liability of Lessor for damages for
breach of any covenant,  duty or obligation of Lessor hereunder may be satisfied
only out of the interest of Lessor in the Building existing at the time any such
liability if adjudicated in a proceeding as to which judgment  adjudicating such
liability is non-appealable  and not subject to further review. In no event will
Lessee be entitled to  execution  under any  judgment  against any assets of the
Lessor,  or any  partners,  shareholders,  policyholders,  or other  persons  or
entities  having an interest in the Lessor,  except as to their  interest in the
Building as set forth above, and no deficiency judgment or money judgment of any
kind shall be sought or entered  against  Lessor,  Lessee  agreeing  that Lessor
shall have no personal liability hereunder.  All obligations of Lessor hereunder
will be construed as covenants, not conditions.

     36. SEVERABILITY: A determination that any term or provision of this Lease,
or the  application  thereof  to any  person  or  circumstance,  is  invalid  or
unenforceable,  shall not affect the remainder of this Lease or the  application
of such term or  provision  to persons or  circumstances  other than those as to
which it is invalid or unenforceable.

     37.  BROKERAGE FEES INCURRED BY LESSEE:  Lessee  represents and agrees that
Lessor will not be responsible for and Lessee shall  indemnify,  defend and hold
Lessor  harmless  against,  any brokerage or leasing  commission or finder's fee
claimed by any party in connection  with this Lease,  except any such claim made
pursuant to a separate written agreement executed by Lessor and the party making
such claim.

     38. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY: If Lessee consists of more than one person
or entity at any time,  all such persons or entities  are jointly and  severally
liable hereunder for the obligations of Lessee.

     39.  TIME IS OF THE  ESSENCE:  Time is of the essence  with  respect to the
performance by Lessee of all of its obligations under this Lease.





<PAGE>



     40.  RECORDATION:  Lessee agrees not to record this Lease or any memorandum
of this Lease without Lessor's consent.

     41. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT AND LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES:  It is expressly agreed
by Lessee,  as a material  consideration  for the execution of this Lease,  that
this Lease, with the specific reference to written extrinsic  documents,  is the
entire  agreement  of the  parties  and that  there  are,  and  were,  no verbal
representations,   warranties,   understandings,   stipulations,  agreements  or
promises  pertaining to this Lease or the expressly  mentioned written extrinsic
documents  not  incorporated  in writing in this Lease.  Any  representation  of
Lessor's  agents  which is not  incorporated  in this Lease shall not be binding
upon  Lessor  and  should be  considered  as  unauthorized.  Lessor  and  Lessee
expressly  agree  that  there  are  and  shall  be  no  implied   warranties  of
merchantability,  fitness or of any other kind arising out of this Lease.  It is
likewise agreed that this Lease may not be altered,  waived, amended or extended
except by an instrument in writing signed by both Lessor and Lessee.

     42.  OTHER PROVISIONS:

          1) Exhibits A, B and C are attached hereto and made a part hereof.

          2) This Lease Agreement is subject to Lessor's  approval and will be a
valid Lease Agreement only when signed by the Lessor.

          3)  Lessor  will  enter  into a  license  agreement  with  Lessee  for
additional  parking  not to exceed  fifty (50)  spaces at 8713  Airport  Freeway
Property (Northstar II). Lessee agrees to utilize the additional parking only on
an "as needed" basis. The license agreement will be subject to cancellation with
forty-five  (45) days written notice from Lessor to Lessee if Owner of Northstar
II (8713  Airport  Freeway)  sells or otherwise  transfers  the property at 8713
Airport Freeway to another owner. This license agreement will also be subject to
cancellation  with  forty-five (45) days written notice from Lessor to Lessee if
Owner of 8713 Airport Freeway  Property  decides in its sole discretion that the
above-mentioned  fifty (50) spaces are needed for any existing or future  Tenant
of the 8713 Airport Freeway Property.

          4) Lessor agrees to give Lessee one (1) five year option to renew this
Lease  Agreement  at the  then  existing  market  rate.  This  renewal  will  be
negotiated  one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the primary
term.

          5) Lessor will use its best  efforts to make Lessee aware of any space
in excess of 5,000  rentable  square  feet  which  comes  available  at the 8713
Airport Freeway Property as long as Lessor retains an ownership position at 8713
Airport Freeway Property during the term of this Lease Agreement.


LESSOR:                            LESSEE:

AMERITAS LIFE INSURANCE CORP.      MATRIX TELECOM, INC.


By /s/ JOHN B. WEISBERG            By /s/ CHARLES G. TAYLOR, JR.






<PAGE>



                       LEASE MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE MODIFICATION is made this 2nd day of March 1995, by and
between American Life Insurance Corp. herein called "Lessor" and
Matrix Telecom, Inc. herein called "Lessee".

                                 RECITALS

WHEREAS,  by a lease dated February 28, 1995 Ameritas Life  Insurance  Corp. did
lease to Lessee 24,050  rentable square feet on the First and Second floor(s) in
that certain office building known as Northstar Plaza I, located at 8721 Airport
Freeway, Fort Worth, Texas. Said space consists of approximately 24,050 rentable
square  feet,  is shown in Exhibit "A"  attached  to said  lease,  and is herein
called the "premises".

     WHEREAS, the term of such lease is scheduled to expire on June
     20, 2000 and

     WHEREAS, the parties desire to make certain changes to said lease.

                                 AGREEMENT

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of mutual covenants  contained herein and in
said lease, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1. Exhibit B. The last  paragraph  of Exhibit "B" which reads  "Lessee
     will have the right to cancel  this  Lease  Agreement  if the City of North
     Richland  Hills  requires a fire  sprinkler  system to be  installed in the
     building during their plan review and prior to their issuance of a building
     permit.  This  right to  cancel  will not be  available  to  Lessee  once a
     building permit is issued and a contract for  construction is signed.",  is
     hereby deleted in its entirety.

          If  Lessee  is  a  division  or  subsidiary  of  a  corporation,  each
individual  executing  this  Agreement on behalf of the  division or  subsidiary
represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver
this  Agreement on behalf of the division or  subsidiary,  in accordance  with a
duly adopted  resolution  of the Board of  Directors or the parent  corporation,
that this  Agreement  is  binding  upon the parent  corporation  (as well as the
division or subsidiary) in accordance with its terms,  and that said division or
subsidiary  shall,  within thirty (30) days after request by Lessor,  deliver to
Lessor a certified  copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the parent
corporation authorizing or ratifying the execution of this Agreement.

     If Lessee is a  partnership,  each  individual  executing this Agreement on
behalf  of  said  partnership  represents  and  warrants  that he or she is duly
authorized to sign and deliver this Agreement on behalf of said  partnership and
that this  Agreement is binding upon said  partnership  in  accordance  with its
terms.

     2.   Miscellaneous:

          a. The provisions of this Lease Modification Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect for the duration of the said lease.

          b.   Except as otherwise set forth herein, all of the
terms and conditions of said lease shall remain in full force and




<PAGE>



effect,  and shall remain  fully  applicable  to the  premises,  throughout  the
duration of said lease.  Said lease, as amended  herein,  constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties hereto, and no further  modification of said lease
shall be binding  unless  evidenced by an agreement in writing  signed by Lessor
and Lessee.

          c. The captions and paragraph  numbers appearing in this Agreement are
inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit,  construe,
affect or describe the scope or intent of the provisions in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Lessor and Lessee have  executed  this Lease  Modification
Agreement as of the day first above written.






<PAGE>



Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.
LESSOR


By:  /s/ JOHN B. WEISBERG


Matrix Telecom, Inc.
LESSEE


By: /s/ CHARLES G. TAYLOR, JR.

DATE: 3/3/95





<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT 10.10

                  RESALE SOLUTIONS SWITCHED SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into by and between
SPRINT COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY L.P. ("Sprint"), and MATRIX
TELECOM, INC. ("Customer").  Sprint and Customer are "Parties"
hereto.

In consideration of the mutual promises  contained herein,  the Parties agree as
follows:

1.   DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms appearing in bold print are
defined in Exhibit 1.

2. CONFIDENTIALITY. During the Term and thereafter, neither Party shall disclose
any terms of this Agreement,  including pricing,  or Proprietary  Information of
the other  Party.  Proprietary  Information  shall  remain the  property  of the
disclosing Party. A Party receiving  Proprietary  Information  shall: (i) use or
reproduce such information  only when necessary to perform this Agreement;  (ii)
provide at least the same care to avoid  disclosure or unauthorized  use of such
information  as it provides to protect its own  Proprietary  Information;  (iii)
limit  access to such  information  to its  employees  or  agents  who need such
information  to perform  this  Agreement;  and (iv)  return or destroy  all such
information,  including copies, after the need for it has expired,  upon request
of the disclosing Party, or upon termination of this Agreement.

The  foregoing  notwithstanding,  Sprint  agrees to allow AvTel  Communications,
Inc., the corporate parent of Matrix ("AvTel") to disclose to the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  ("SEC") the minimum  amount of  information  necessary  to
insure  AvTel's  compliance  with  applicable  filing   requirements  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. In no event will any rates,  charges,  pricing, or other information in
any  Attachment  to the  Agreement  be  disclosed to the SEC without the express
written consent of Sprint, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Because  of the  unique  nature  of  Proprietary  Information,  a breach of this
paragraph  may  cause  irreparable  harm  for  which  monetary  damages  may  be
inadequate compensation. Accordingly, in addition to other remedies, a Party may
seek injunctive relief to enforce this paragraph.

3. TERM.  Provided  Customer executes this Agreement by March 13, 1998, the Term
will commence on February 14, 1998.  The Term will continue  after  commencement
for the period specified in Attachment A.

4.   TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.

4.1 A Party may terminate this Agreement upon the other Party's  failure to cure
any of the following  within 30 days following  written notice thereof:  (a) the
(i)   insolvency,   corporate   reorganization,   arrangement   with  creditors,
receivership  or  dissolution  of  the  other  Party;  or  (ii)  institution  of
bankruptcy  proceedings  by or  against  the  other  Party;  (b)  assignment  or
attempted  assignment  of the  Agreement  or any  interest  therein,  except  as
permitted by Paragraph 24 hereof;  (c) change in control of the defaulting Party
without the other Party's prior written




<PAGE>



consent,  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; (d) a final order by
a  government  entity  with  appropriate  jurisdiction  that  a  Service  or the
relationship  hereunder is contrary to law or  regulation;  or (e) breach of any
material provision herein not otherwise referred to in Paragraph 4.

4.2 Sprint may  terminate  this  Agreement  immediately  and  without  notice if
Customer  fails to cure a breach  as  provided  in  Paragraph  8 or  breaches  a
provision of Paragraph 17 or 18.

4.3 Customer may terminate the Agreement  upon 30 days written notice if special
rate adjustments exceed the maximum provided in Paragraph 16.

4.4 Upon  termination  of this  Agreement a Party may recover from the other all
sums it is owed at the time of termination.

5.   TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE:  EARLY TERMINATION CHARGE.

5.1 Customer may terminate this Agreement at any time without cause upon 90 days
prior  written  notice to Sprint and payment to Sprint of the Early  Termination
Charge in Subparagraph  5.2. Service will be discontinued the first business day
of the fourth month after such notice of termination.

5.2  Carrier  Transport  Base  Rates  and  Promotional  Discounts  are  based on
Customer's agreement to purchase Service for the entire Term. It is difficult if
not impossible to calculate  Sprint's loss if Customer  terminates the Agreement
pursuant  to  Subparagraph  5.1  prior  to the end of the  Term.  Therefore,  to
Compensate Sprint for such loss, and not as a penalty, Customer shall pay Sprint
an  Early  Termination  Charge  in the  event  of such  termination.  The  Early
Termination Charge shall equal 50% of the sum of the Minimum Commitment for each
month  remaining  in  the  Term  when  Service  is   discontinued   pursuant  to
Subparagraph  5.1.  The Early  Termination  Charge  shall be paid within 30 days
after the notice provided pursuant to Subparagraph 5.1.

6.   APPLICATION OF TARIFFS:  INTERSTATE ADJUSTMENT

6.1 Interstate and international Service shall be provided pursuant to Tariff as
supplemented  by  this  Agreement.  In the  event  of a  conflict  between  this
Agreement and any Tariff, the Tariff shall control.

6.2  Intrastate  Service  is  provided  pursuant  to  Tariff  in every  respect.
Promotional  Discounts  will not  apply to  intrastate  Service.  An  Interstate
Adjustment may be applied based on intrastate usage as provided in Attachment D.
The  Interstate  Adjustment  shall be based on  intrastate  usage at the Product
Hierarchy  Level and will equal the difference  between (a) such usage priced at
Tariff  less  Tariff  discounts  and (b) such  usage  priced  at the  Interstate
Adjustment  Rate in Attachment D less  Discount One  discounts.  The  Interstate
Adjustment for a given month shall not exceed interstate billing for such month.

6.3 Customer shall pay all Tariff charges including,  without limitation,  fixed
charges,  feature  charges,  enhanced  800  charges,  access  facility  charges,
installation and other non-recurring  charges except as noted in the Attachments
to this Agreement.

6.4 Sprint may modify or withdraw  Tariffs from time to time,  which may include
discontinuation of any Service without Sprint's




<PAGE>



liability.

7. RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES.  Neither this Agreement nor the provision of Service
creates a joint  venture,  partnership  or agency  between  Sprint and Customer.
Customer is the service  provider with respect to End Users.  Sprint is merely a
supplier to Customer with no relationship to End Users.

8. USE OF NAME AND  MARKS.  This  Agreement  confers  no right to use the  name,
service marks, trademarks,  copyrights, patents or CIC of either Party except as
expressly  provided  herein.  Neither  Party  shall take any action  which would
compromise the registered copyrights or service marks of the other.

Sprint's name is proprietary  and nothing herein  constitutes a general  license
authorizing its use. Customer may not: (a) promote or advertise Sprint's name or
capabilities  to End Users or  prospective  End Users;  (b)  attempt to sell its
service using Sprint's  name; or (c) represent to End Users or  prospective  End
Users that they would be Sprint customers or that they may obtain Sprint service
from Customer.

Sprint shall  provide  Customer  written  notice of a breach of this  paragraph.
Customer  shall use its best efforts to immediately  cure such breach,  advising
Sprint of its actions.  If, in Sprint's notice,  then Sprint may, at its option,
terminate the Agreement pursuant to Subparagraph 4.2.

Sprint's  provision of Network  Extension  Service may result in End Users being
notified by their LEC that Sprint is their designated PIC.  Therefore,  to avoid
confusion and potential "slamming" complaints, Sprint hereby authorizes Customer
to use Sprint's  name under the  following  conditions to provide End Users from
whom  Customer  has  obtained  a PIC  Authorization  with  a  fulfillment  piece
containing the following Notice (the "Notice"):

     We want to  affirm  how ____  will  provide  your  long  distance  service.
     Although ____ will provide your invoice and customer service,  we use major
     national carriers to actually carry your long distance calls.

     After subscribing to our service,  you may receive a notice from your local
     phone  company  which says that your long  distance  "Carrier of Choice" is
     Sprint. ______ has selected Sprint as the long distance network provider it
     will use to handle your calls. That selection was based on your quality and
     price requirements. If you have any questions about your order, please call
     our toll free customer service number, 1-800-____-_________.

If  Customer  subscribes  to Sprint  Express,  calls  placed by End Users to the
Sprint ITFS number will be answered "Sprint  operator." This may cause confusion
if the End User does not know its calls are being carried on the Sprint network.
Therefore, to avoid such confusion, Sprint hereby authorizes Customer to provide
End Users  who use  Sprint  Express  with a  fulfillment  piece  containing  the
following notice (the "Sprint Express Notice"):  "International call origination
may be provided by a Sprint  operator."  Sprint may withdraw  consent to use the
Sprint Express Notice upon 10 days written notice.

Customer shall obtain Sprint's prior written  approval of any fulfillment  piece
in which the Notice or the Sprint Express




<PAGE>



Notice will appear.

9. SERVICE. Services provided hereunder are described in Exhibit 2.

10.  LEGAL COMPLIANCE:  REMEDIES FOR NON-COMPLIANCE.

10.1 Customer  represents and warrants that (a) it has obtained all licenses and
regulatory authority necessary to operate as contemplated herein and (b) it will
not submit an End User ANI for activation  without  obtaining and  maintaining a
proper PIC Authorization.

10.2 If, in Sprint's opinion,  Customer breaches this paragraph,  Sprint may (a)
terminate this Agreement  pursuant to Subparagraph  4.1(e),  (b) reject End User
ANIs  submitted  by  Customer  for  placement  under  its  account,  and/or  (c)
discontinue  Promotional Discounts.  If Sprint elects option (b) or (c), it will
resume accepting ANIs and/or reinstate Promotional Discounts only after Customer
produces evidence satisfactory to Sprint that it has cured its breach.

11.  CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES.

11.1 Customer shall not be relieved of any obligation hereunder by virtue of the
fact that Service is ultimately used by End Users.

11.2 Customer shall produce for Sprint's inspection,  at Customer's expense, any
PIC  Authorization  within 48 hours after Sprint's oral or written  request,  or
within any shorter period  required by a LEC or regulatory  agency.  If Customer
fails  to  comply  with  this  subparagraph,  then  Sprint  may (a)  discontinue
Promotional  Discounts  and/or  (b)  refuse to  activate  additional  ANIs under
Customer's account.

11.3  Customer  shall  reimburse  Sprint  for any charge  assessed  by a LEC for
processing a PIC request  initiated by Customer and pay Sprint a PIC  Assessment
Fee equal to 25% of such charge.

11.4 Customer shall be solely  responsible  for End User  solicitation,  service
requests, creditworthiness, customer service, billing and collection.

11.5 Customer shall be financially  liable for usage  generated by each End User
ANI activated by Sprint until such ANI is presubscribed to another IXC. Customer
may request  Sprint to block  Network  Extension  Service to an ANI upon the End
User's failure to pay Customer,  subject to Customer's  prior  certification  to
Sprint that it has given the End User any notice required by law. Customer shall
reimburse Sprint for expenses incurred to block an ANI.

11.6  Customer  shall be solely  liable for amounts it cannot  collect  from End
Users, and billing  adjustments it grants End Users,  including  adjustments for
fraudulent charges, directory assistance or any other form of credit.

11.7 Customer shall comply with Sprint's  network  interface  procedures when it
orders its own access facilities.

12. SERVICE  ACTIVATION.  Sprint will use reasonable efforts to provide switched
Service within 15 days, and dedicated Service




<PAGE>



within 30 days,  following  Customer's  order,  or the requested  delivery date,
whichever  is later.  These  deadlines  will be extended by the time it takes to
address  activation errors or obtain from Customer a complete and accurate order
or PIC  Authorization.  Customer  shall  reimburse  Sprint for LEC imposed  fees
resulting from a request to expedite Service.

13.  PRICING; FORWARD PRICING; GENERAL CONDITIONS.

13.1 Pricing.  Resale Solutions Base Rates and Promotional
Discounts are contained in the Attachments hereto.

13.2  Prices  in Lieu of  Other  Discounts.  Resale  Solutions  Base  Rates  and
Promotional  Discounts  are extended in lieu of any other Tariff or  contractual
discount,  special pricing, or discount term plan.  Discounts upon discounts are
only permitted if expressly provided for herein.

13.3  Prices  Contingent  on  Performance.   Resale  Solutions  Base  Rates  and
Promotional Discounts are contingent on Customer's full performance of all terms
of the Agreement.  If Customer fails to pay the undisputed portion of an invoice
pursuant to  Paragraph  17, all  Service  for which  payment is past due may, at
Sprint's option, be priced at Resale Solutions Base Rates.

13.4 Per Minute Charges.  Resale Solutions Base Rates are
invoiced based on Per Minute Charges utilizing the Rate Periods
and Billing Increments in Attachment B.

13.5 Non-Bell  Switched  Origination,  Termination and 800 Origination  Charges.
Customer  shall pay the charges  specified in Attachment B for each  originating
minute and each terminating  minute of an interstate call that originates and/or
terminates in a Non-Bell Service Area.

13.6 Switched  Origination,  and  Termination  Charges.  Customer  shall pay the
charges  specified  in  Attachment  B  for  each  originating  minute  and  each
terminating minute of an interstate call.

13.7 Promotional Pricing Levels. Customer will receive Discount One and Discount
Two discounts applied only to Rate Elements as provided in Attachments C and D.

13.8 Forward  Pricing.  As a transition to the pricing  hereunder,  Discount Two
discounts may be based for a period of time on the grater of  Customer's  actual
Discount Two Monthly Volume of Service or a specified  Forward Pricing Volume of
Service.  The Forward  Pricing  Volume of Service and the period during which it
may be applied are specified in Attachment A.

13.9  Pricing  Contingent  on  Primary  Carrier  Status.  Pricing  hereunder  is
contingent on Customer  utilizing  Sprint as its Primary Carrier for the Primary
Carrier Services listed in Attachment A.

If 800 Service is a Primary  Carrier  Service then Customer  shall (a) designate
Sprint as its Primary Carrier in the 800 Service  Management System database for
all interstate  800 traffic that is not originated  directly by Customer and (b)
maintain  access  facilities  sufficient  to send at least 80% of its traffic to
Sprint  with no more than 2%  blockage  during the peak busy hour of  Customer's
average business day.




<PAGE>



If Resale Connect One Plus is a Primary Carrier Service then 80% of all End User
ANIs under Customer's control shall be PICed to Sprint during the Term.

If  Resale  Direct  Extension  is a  Primary  Carrier  Service  then  80% of all
Dedicated  Access  End Users  under  Customer's  control  shall be placed on the
Sprint network during the Term.

If Resale  Direct is a Primary  Carrier  Service then  Customer  shall  maintain
access  facilities  sufficient  to send to Sprint  at least  99% of the  traffic
Customer does not terminate itself.

Customer shall  produce,  within 30 days following  Sprint's  request,  evidence
acceptable to Sprint that it is in compliance with this subparagraph. Failure to
maintain Sprint as Primary Carrier on any Primary Carrier Service will result in
Service  being  provided  hereunder  at  Carrier  Transport  Base  Rates for the
remainder of the Term.  Customer may select a temporary  back-up carrier for any
period during which it is affected by a Sprint network outage.

14.  SURCHARGES.

14.1 Minimum Commitment Surcharge.  Any month Customer fails to meet the Minimum
Commitment  stated on Attachment  A, Customer  shall pay a surcharge for Service
provided  during such month equal to 25% of the  difference  between the Minimum
Commitment and Customer's Net Usage.  The Minimum  Commitment  shall not relieve
Customer of any credit or security obligation hereunder.

14.2 LEC Cap Surcharge.  Any month Customer exceeds the Maximum Non-Bell Traffic
Percentage  specified in Attachment B for any Service type,  Customer  shall pay
Sprint the per minute  surcharge for such Service  specified in Attachment B for
each minute above the Maximum Non-Bell  Traffic  Percentage that originates from
or terminates to a Non-Bell Service Area.  Maximum Non-Bell Traffic  Percentages
will be calculated independently for originating and terminating minutes at each
Product Hierarchy Level.

14.3 Minimum  Average Time  Requirement  Surcharge.  Any month Customer fails to
equal or exceed the Minimum Average Time  Requirement  specified in Attachment B
for Services  specified in Attachment  B, then  Customer  shall pay Sprint a per
minute surcharge on such usage equal to (a) the per minute  surcharge  specified
in  Attachment  B  multiplied  by (b) the  difference  between (i) the number of
minutes  the  Service  was used and (ii) the number of calls  using the  Service
multiplied by the Minimum  Average Time  Requirement.  This  surcharge  shall be
calculated at each Product Hierarchy Level.

14.4  Noncomplete  Call  Surcharge.  Any  month  Customer  exceeds  the  Maximum
Noncomplete 800 Call percentage for interstate  Resale Direct Toll Free,  Resale
Direct Toll Free Extension,  and/or  interstate Resale Connect Toll Free traffic
as stated on Attachment B,  Customer  shall pay Sprint a surcharge  equal to the
amount  stated in  Attachment B for each  Noncomplete  800 Call in excess of the
Maximum  Noncomplete 800 Call Percentage.  This surcharge shall be calculated at
each Product Hierarchy Level.

14.5 Minimum Port Usage  Surcharge.  Any month Customer fails to equal or exceed
the Minimum Port Usage per Active  Resale Direct Port as stated on Attachment A,
Customer  shall  pay  Sprint  a  surcharge  on its  Direct  usage  equal  to the
difference between (a)




<PAGE>



Customer's  actual Net Usage for Resale Direct  Service and (b) the Minimum Port
Usage  multiplied  by the total  number  of Active  Resale  Direct  Ports.  This
surcharge shall be calculated at each Product Hierarchy Level.

15. SERVICE CHARGES. Customer shall pay Sprint a $25 service charge for each End
User  ANI  or 800  number  Customer  submits  for  activation  (a)  that  sprint
determines  lacks a proper  PIC  Authorization  or (b) that  requires  Sprint to
disconnect  or transfer  such ANI or 800 number from  Sprint's  data base before
placing  it within  Customer's  CTIS  hierarchy.  However,  the  service  charge
provided for in 15(b) will be waived if such End User ANIs,  or 800 numbers,  do
not exceed 15% of the total ANIs, or 800 numbers,  submitted by Customer  during
the previous 90 days.

16.  SPECIAL RATE ADJUSTMENTS.

16.1 Sprint may,  after 15 days notice to Customer,  adjust the price of Service
provided  hereunder  to  reflect  changes  in  international  cost of service or
currency exchange rates.

16.2  Sprint  will  amend   Attachment  B  switched   origination  and  switched
termination  access charges  effective on the first day of January and July. The
adjustment  will  reflect   increases  and/or  decreases  in  statewide  average
per-minute  originating and terminating interstate LEC access charges imposed on
Sprint.  Customer  will  pay  amended  Attachment  B  charges  beginning  on the
effective  date of the  amendment  until the  effective  date of the  succeeding
amendment.  Attachment  B charges  apply only to those  Services  identified  in
Attachment B, paragraph B.13.6.

17.  PAYMENT FOR SERVICE.

17.1 Payment  Obligation.  Customer shall pay Sprint for Service pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement and applicable Tariffs.

17.2  Call  Detail.  Sprint  will  provide  Customer  with a call  detail  media
containing  Customer's  Service usage.  Sprint may, at it's option,  and without
liability to Customer,  modify the format of the call detail media  following 30
days written notice to Customer.

17.3  Payment  Procedure.  Sprint  will  invoice  Customer  monthly  for service
provided hereunder.  Invoices shall be due and payable upon receipt.  Undisputed
charges for Service that are not paid within 30 days after Customer's receipt of
the  invoice  shall be past due.  Interest  will be charged on past due  amounts
beginning  the 31st day  following  Customer's  receipt of the invoice at a rate
equal to the lesser of 18% per annum or the maximum rate allowed by law.

The price of Service is exclusive of applicable  taxes.  Resale  Solutions  Base
Rates and Promotional Discounts are contingent on Customer providing Sprint with
certificates from appropriate taxing  authorities  exempting Customer from taxes
that would otherwise be invoiced hereunder.

17.4 BILLING  DISPUTES.  If Customer in good faith disputes any invoiced amount,
it shall submit to Sprint, within 60 days following receipt of the invoice, full
payment of the  undisputed  portion of the  invoice  and  written  documentation
identifying and substantiating the disputed amount. If the Parties, in good




<PAGE>



faith,  cannot resolve the dispute within a reasonable  period of time, then the
dispute shall be settled by arbitration pursuant to Paragraph 22.

18. PAYMENT  SECURITY.  Provision of Service is contingent on credit approval by
Sprint.  Upon request by Sprint,  Customer  shall provide  Sprint with financial
statements,  or other  indications  of Customer's  Financial  circumstances.  If
Customer's financial circumstances or payment history is or becomes unacceptable
to Sprint,  then Sprint may require a deposit,  irrevocable  letter of credit or
other form of security acceptable to Sprint.  Customer's failure to provide such
security within 10 days following  Sprint's  request shall  constitute a default
under Subparagraph 4.2.

19.  INDEMNIFICATION.  Each Party (as "Indemnitor") shall indemnify,  defend and
hold  harmless  the other party (as  "Indemnitee")  from and against any and all
liabilities,   costs,  damages,  fines,  assessments,   penalties  and  expenses
(including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees)  resulting  from  (a)  breach  of  any
provision in this Agreement by Indemnitor,  its employees or agents,  or (b) any
misrepresentation or illegal act of Indemnitor, its employees or agents, arising
out of the Indemnitor's performance hereunder.

Customer shall  indemnify,  defend and hold Sprint harmless from and against any
and all liabilities,  costs and damages (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees)
resulting  from any claim  arising  out of: (i) use of Service  by  Customer  to
extend its  service to End Users;  (ii) use of Service by Customer or End Users;
(iii)  libel,  slander,  or patent or  trademark  infringement  arising from the
combination or use of Service with Customer  provided service or facilities;  or
(iv) Customer's marketing, advertising, sales or promotional activities.

20.  LIMITATION  OF  LIABILITY.  IN NO EVENT  SHALL  EITHER  PARTY BE LIABLE FOR
SPECIAL,  INDIRECT,  INCIDENTAL,  CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES,  INCLUDING
LOSS OF PROFITS,  LOSS OF CUSTOMERS OR GOODWILL ARISING FROM THE RELATIONSHIP OR
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS HEREUNDER.

21.  WARRANTIES.  WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT AND SPRINTS
TARIFFS ARE THE ONLY  WARRANTIES  AND REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICE,  AND
ARE IN LIEU OF ANY  OTHER  WARRANTY,  WRITTEN  OR ORAL,  STATUTORY,  EXPRESS  OR
IMPLIED,  INCLUDING  WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY  AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.

22. ARBITRATION. Any dispute arising out of or relating to the Agreement will be
finally  settled by  arbitration  in  accordance  with the rules of the American
Arbitration  Association.  The arbitration will be governed by the United States
Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sec. 1, et. seq., and judgment upon the award rendered
by the  arbitrator(s)  may  be  entered  by any  court  with  jurisdiction.  The
arbitration will be held in the Kansas City, MO metropolitan area.

23. NOTICES.  Notices,  requests or other  communications  (excluding  invoices)
hereunder shall be in writing and sent by certified mail addressed as follows:

     If to Sprint:  Sprint Communications Company
                    5420 LBJ Freeway, Suite 1700




<PAGE>



                    Dallas, TX  75240
                    Attention:  Vice President-Wholesale Services

     With copy to:  Sprint Communications Company
                    8140 Ward Parkway
                    Kansas City, MO  64114
                    Attention:  Vice President Law-
Marketing/Sales

     If to Customer:______________________________
                    ==============================
                    Attention:____________________

24. ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may
be assigned or delegated to any other entity  without the prior written  consent
of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

25.  EXCUSABLE  DELAY.  In the  event  of an  Excusable  Delay  the  performance
obligations  of the Parties  hereunder  shall be suspended and the Term shall be
extended  for a period  of time  equal to the  length of such  delay;  provided,
however,  the affected Party shall promptly notify the other Party of the nature
of the delay and the estimated time that it will continue. If an Excusable Delay
continues for more than 90 days and has a material  adverse  impact on the other
Party,  such other Party may, at its option and upon written notice to the other
Party, terminate this Agreement without liability other than payment for Service
provided prior to termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party may
invoke this paragraph with regard to any event listed in Paragraph 4 or to delay
performance of Paragraphs 17 or 18.

26.  CAPTIONS.  Captions  of the  paragraphs  and  subparagraphs  herein are for
convenience  only,  are not part of the  Agreement and shall not define or limit
any of the Agreement's terms.

27.  CHOICE OF LAW.  This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of
Kansas.

28. RULES OF  CONSTRUCTION.  No rule of  construction  requiring  interpretation
against the draftsman shall apply in the interpretation of this Agreement.

29. ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This Agreement,  together with the attached Exhibits and
Attachments,  represents the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersedes  all other  agreements  between the Parties
relating to the Service.

30.  MODIFICATION  OF  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement,  including  its Exhibits and
Attachments, may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a separate written
document executed by both Parties with the formality of this Agreement.

31. WAIVER OF TERMS. No term or provision herein shall be waived,  and no breach
or default  excused,  unless  such waiver or consent is in writing and signed by
the Party to which it is  attributed.  No consent by a Party to, or waiver of, a
breach or default by the other,  whether express or implied,  shall constitute a
consent to, or waiver of, any subsequent breach or




<PAGE>



default.

32. PARTIAL  INVALIDITY.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or
unenforceable,  such  invalidity  or  unenforceability  shall not  invalidate or
render the Agreement unenforceable,  but rather the Agreement shall be construed
as if not containing the invalid or unenforceable  provision.  However,  if such
provision is an essential element of this Agreement,  the Parties shall promptly
attempt to negotiate a substitute therefor.

33.  CUMULATIVE  REMEDIES.  Except as otherwise  provided  herein,  the remedies
provided for in this Agreement are in addition to any other  remedies  available
at law or in equity.

34.  EXPIRATION OF OFFER.  Sprint's offer to enter into this Agreement  shall be
withdrawn if the Agreement is not executed by both Parties  within 45 days after
the Proposal Date stated on Attachment A.

EXECUTED and made effective as provided herein.


MATRIX TELECOM, INC.             SPRINT COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY L.P.


By /s/ JAMES P. PISANI           By /s/ PAGET ALVES
- ----------------------           ----------------------------------
       President                    President, Wholesale Services Group

Date: March 12, 1998





<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT 10.11

                            IXplus LICENSE AGREEMENT

     THIS LICENSE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement"),  dated as of April 23,  1991,  (the
"Effective  Date"),  is by and between  ELECTRONIC DATA SYSTEMS  CORPORATION,  a
Texas  corporation  ("EDS")  and MATRIX  Telecom,  a Texas  general  partnership
("Licensee").

     WHEREAS, Licensee desires to use certain software
proprietary to EDS; and

     WHEREAS, EDS is willing to license such software to Licensee upon the terms
and conditions set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, EDS and Licensee hereby agree as follows:

                             ARTICLE I - GRANT

1.1  Grant  of  License  to the  Licensed  Program.  Subject  to the  terms  and
conditions set forth in this Agreement, EDS grants to Licensee, a non-exclusive,
non-transferable license:

     (a)  to use (as provided in this Article I) on the equipment
          designated by type, model and serial number on Schedule
          1.1 hereto (the "Designated Equipment") and at the
          location designated on Schedule 1.1 hereto (the
          "Designated Location") one copy, in object code form,
          of EDS' proprietary computer software program known as
          the IXplus software, which software program is more
          specifically described on Schedule 1.1 (such program,
          including all new releases and modifications made
          thereto which are provided to Licensee pursuant to this
          Agreement, is referred to herein as the "Licensed
          Program"); and

     (b)  to use (as provided in this  Article I) one copy of the  documentation
          relating  to the  Licensed  Program,  including  a  user's  guide  and
          examples of menu screens and reports, setting forth specifications for
          the   Licensed    Program   provided   to   Licensee   by   EDS   (the
          "Documentation").

1.2  Delivery.  EDS shall deliver to Licensee the Licensed
     Program [as modified pursuant to Section 3.1(a)] and the
     Documentation at the Designated Location on or before the
     Delivery Date. For the purposes of this Agreement, the
     Delivery Date shall be the fifth working day after the date
     on which the later of the following occurs:  (a) the testing
     of the modifications to the Licensed Program made pursuant
     to Section 3.1(a) is completed, or (b) the improvements to
     the Designated Location required in order to adequately
     accommodate the Designated Equipment are completed.

1.3  Ownership.  For purposes of Section 117 of the Copyright Act
     of 1976, as amended, and for all other purposes, EDS shall
     be considered the owner of the Licensed Program and
     Documentation and all modifications made thereto, any copies
     thereof, and of all copyright, trade secret, patent and
     other intellectual or industrial property rights contained
     or evidenced therein. Physical copies of the Licensed
     Program (in diskette, tape or other form provided by EDS)
     and Documentation shall remain the property of EDS and such




<PAGE>



     copies  shall be deemed to be on loan to Licensee  during the License  Term
     (defined in Section 2.1 below).

1.4 Restrictions on Use.

     (a)  Data. The Licensed Program and Documentation shall be utilized only to
          process  Licensee's  data and  shall be  operated  only by  Licensee's
          employees.

     (b)  Designated Equipment and Location.  Further, the Licensed
          Program shall be operated only on the Designated
          Equipment and at the Designated Location, unless Licensee
          obtains EDS' prior written approval of a change in the
          Designated Equipment (including a change in any one or
          more of the following:  the  manufacturer, description,
          model number or serial number of the Designated
          Equipment) or the Designated Location, which approval
          shall not be unreasonably withheld.  EDS' approval
          regarding a change in the Designated Equipment which
          increases the processing capacity of the Designated
          Equipment or which involves the replacement of the
          Designated Equipment with different equipment which has
          greater processing capacity than the Designated Equipment
          shall be subject to payment by Licensee of the fees
          described in Section 5.3.  Any EDS-approved change in the
          Designated Equipment or the Designated Location shall be
          documented by amending Schedule 1.1 to reflect such
          change.

     (c)  Temporary Backup.  Licensee shall have the limited right
          without obtaining EDS' prior written approval, in the
          event that the Designated Equipment is inoperative due to
          (i) malfunction or (ii) engineering changes or similar
          occurrences, to temporarily use the Licensed Program on
          backup equipment until the Designated Equipment is
          restored to operative status.  In such case, the backup
          equipment shall, for all purposes hereunder, be deemed to
          be the Designated Equipment.  In no event shall
          Licensee's right to temporarily use the Licensed Program
          on backup equipment continue for a period exceeding
          thirty (30) days, unless Licensee obtains EDS' prior
          written approval, which approval shall not be
          unreasonably withheld.

1.5  Confidentiality.

     (a)  Non-disclosure.  The Licensed Program and Documentation
          will be disclosed by EDS to Licensee in confidence, and
          Licensee shall not cause or permit disclosure, display,
          loan, publication, transfer of possession (whether by
          sale, exchange, gift, operation of law or otherwise),
          sublicensing or other dissemination of the Licensed
          Program or Documentation, in whole or in part, to any
          third party without the prior written consent of EDS.
          Licensee shall limit use of and access to the Licensed
          Program to such of Licensee's employees as are directly
          involved in the utilization of the Licensed Program and
          who are bound to comply, with the confidentiality
          obligations set forth in this Agreement.

     (b)  Copying or Modifying.  Licensee  shall not reverse  assemble,  reverse
          compile or otherwise copy, reproduce,  recreate or modify the Licensed
          Program. Licensee may




<PAGE>



          make one copy of the  Licensed  Program  to be used as a backup  which
          will be  placed  in  archival  storage.  Licensee  shall  not  copy or
          reproduce the Licensed  Program or  Documentation  except as expressly
          provided for in this  Agreement.  Licensee  may copy or reproduce  the
          Documentation for distribution only to those employees of Licensee who
          are directly  involved in the use of the Licensed  Program and who are
          bound to comply with the confidentiality obligations set forth in this
          Agreement.

     (c)  Safeguards.  Licensee shall exercise reasonable
          precautions, no less vigorous than those Licensee uses to
          protect its own confidential information, to safeguard
          the Licensed Program and Documentation and to ensure that
          no unauthorized persons have access to the Licensed
          Program and Documentation, and to ensure that no persons
          authorized to have such access shall take any action
          which would be in violation of Sections 1.4 or 1.5 of
          this Agreement if taken by Licensee.  Licensee shall
          promptly report to EDS any actual or suspected violation
          of Sections 1.4 or 1.5 and Licensee shall, at its
          expense, take such further steps as may reasonably be
          requested by EDS to prevent or remedy any such violation
          and shall reimburse EDS for all reasonable expenses EDS
          incurs related to the remedy of  such violation.

1.6  Licensee's Responsibilities.

     Licensee  accepts  responsibility,  financial  and  otherwise,  for (i) the
     selection of the Licensed  Program to achieve the desired result,  (ii) the
     acquisition of a license from  CCMI/McGraw Hill for the Q-TEL 9000 software
     and  installation  of  such  software  prior  to  the  Delivery  Date  and,
     thereafter,  for  maintaining  the  license  for such  software  during the
     License Term (as defined in Section  2.1),  (iii) the  installation  of the
     Licensed Program [with assistance from EDS as provided  pursuant to Section
     3.1(b)], (iv) the use of the Licensed Program, and (v) the results obtained
     from the Licensed Program.

1.7  Copyright.  Licensee shall not alter or remove any copyright,
     trade secret, patent, proprietary and/or other legal notices
     contained on or in copies of the Licensed Program and
     Documentation.  Licensee shall include on all  copies of the
     Licensed Program or the Documentation which it may have in its
     possession, or create, whatever type of designation EDS may
     reasonably require to indicate that such material is the
     proprietary property of EDS or another party.

1.8  Verification.  At least twice each year during the License
     Term (as defined in Section 2.1), Licensee shall permit EDS
     access to Licensee's premises, computer systems and records
     related to this Agreement and the use of the Licensed Program
     and Documentation so that EDS may conduct, at EDS'  expense,
     an investigation to determine Licensee's compliance with the
     terms of this Agreement.  EDS shall notify Licensee at least
     10 days prior to the date EDS desires such access, and
     Licensee shall provide such access during Licensee's normal
     business hours on the date indicated in the notice.

1.9  Injunctive Relief.  Licensee acknowledges and agrees that the
     Licensed Program and the Documentation are the valuable
     property and trade secrets of EDS or other parties, that any




<PAGE>



     violation  by  Licensee of the  provisions  of Article I would cause EDS or
     such other parties irreparable injury for which they would have no adequate
     remedy at law, and that,  in addition to any other  remedies  which EDS may
     have,  it shall be  entitled to  preliminary  and other  injunctive  relief
     against any such violation.

1.10 Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the restrictions
     set forth in this Article I shall  survive any  termination  of the License
     Term,  the  Maintenance  Service  Term (as defined in Section  2.2) and any
     Extension  Period  (as  defined in Section  2.2)  until the  provisions  of
     Section 7.4 of this  Agreement  have been fully  complied with or have been
     waived in writing by EDS.

                         ARTICLE II - TERM

2.1  Term of  License.  The term of the  license  granted  under this  Agreement
     pursuant  to Section  1.1 shall  commence  on the  Delivery  Date and shall
     continue in perpetuity,  unless terminated  pursuant to Article VII of this
     Agreement (the "License Term").

2.2  Term of Maintenance Service.  The term during which the
     maintenance services described at Section 3.3 of this
     Agreement shall be provided shall consist of two phases:   the
     Free Maintenance Service Period and the Maintenance  Service
     Term, unless earlier terminated pursuant to Article  VII of
     this Agreement.  The Free Maintenance Service Period  shall
     commence on the Installation Date [as defined in  Section
     3.1(b)] and shall continue for six months after the
     Installation Date.  The Maintenance Service Term shall
     commence on the first day of the seventh month after the
     Installation Date (the first "Maintenance Service Fee Date")
     and shall end on the fifth anniversary of the Maintenance
     Service Fee Date; provided, however, the Maintenance Service
     Term shall be automatically extended for additional one  year
     periods (each such one-year period is referred to  herein as
     an "Extension Period") unless either EDS or  Licensee shall
     have given written notice of its desire to not extend the
     Maintenance Service Term at least thirty (30)  days prior to
     the end of the Maintenance Service Term or  prior to the end
     of any Extension Period.


     ARTICLE III - CUSTOMIZATION, INSTALLATION, TRAINING AND
     MAINTENANCE

3.1  Customization and Installation Assistance.

     (a)  Customization.  EDS and Licensee shall jointly develop
          and implement a plan ("Customization Plan") to modify the
          Licensed Program in accordance with those requirements of
          Licensee which are agreed upon by EDS. The Customization
          Plan shall identify the tasks required to be performed by
          each party in connection with the definition and analysis
          of Licensee's requirements and the design, construction
          and testing of the modifications to the Licensed Program.
          To perform those tasks anticipated to be assigned to EDS
          in the Customization Plan, the parties estimate that the
          effort required will be 6 Person-Months (as defined in
          Section 5.4); notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties
          acknowledge and agree that such estimate was determined




<PAGE>



          for planning purposes only and shall not be binding on
          either party.

     (b)  Installation.  Commencing on the Delivery Date and
          continuing until the Installation Date (as defined
          herein) , EDS shall provide to Licensee up to the number
          of hours of installation assistance set forth on Schedule
          3. 1; provided, however, EDS shall be relieved of its
          obligation to provide installation assistance until and
          unless Licensee has fulfilled its obligation to acquire
          and install the Q-TEL 9000 software pursuant to Section
          1.6(ii). For the purposes of this Agreement, the
          "Installation Date" shall be the earlier of (i)  the date
          on which the first bills of Licensee are produced for
          delivery or mailing using the Licensed Program (bills
          produced for testing purposes only would not be
          considered to be produced for delivery or mailing), or
          (ii) the date on which the last hour of the amount of
          installation assistance set forth on Schedule 3.1 is
          expended.  If Licensee requests that EDS provide
          installation assistance in addition to the amount of
          installation assistance set forth on Schedule 3.1, such
          assistance would be provided as an Additional Service
          pursuant to Section 3.4.

3.2  Training.  EDS  shall  provide  to  Licensee  up to the  number of hours of
     training set forth on Schedule 3.1  regarding  the use and operation of the
     Licensed  Program.   If  Licensee  requests  that  EDS  provide  additional
     training, such training would be provided as an Additional Service pursuant
     to Section 3.4.

3.3  Maintenance.

     (a)  Maintenance Service.

          (i)  During the Maintenance Service Term and any
               Extension Period, EDS will use all reasonable
               efforts to repair or replace the then current
               release of the Licensed Program if it is not
               performing substantially in accordance with the
               Documentation, upon receiving written notice of the
               nonperformance from Licensee in accordance with
               Section 3.3(b).  The methods and techniques for
               resolving nonperformance will be at the sole
               discretion of EDS.  If the Designated Equipment can
               be accessed remotely through dial-up capability or
               otherwise, Licensee shall make such remote access
               capability available to EDS for use in performing
               maintenance services.

         (ii)  If after  reasonable  efforts to repair or replace  the  Licensed
               Program which is not performing  substantially in accordance with
               the  Documentation,  EDS  is  unable  to  make  such  repairs  or
               replacement,  Licensee's  sole  remedy  shall be the refund of an
               amount  not to exceed the actual  payments  received  by EDS from
               Licensee pursuant to this Agreement.

        (iii)  EDS shall have no  obligation  to repair or replace the  Licensed
               Program if the nonperformance is found by EDS to have been caused
               or contributed to by computer equipment  malfunction,  Licensee's
               negligence or fault, Licensee's failure to follow




<PAGE>



               instructions  as set  forth  in the  Documentation,  improper  or
               unauthorized use of the Licensed Program,  unauthorized  hardware
               changes,   changes  in  any   software   not   provided  by  EDS,
               modifications  made by or on  behalf  of  Licensee,  or any other
               cause  beyond  the  control  of EDS.  However,  if  requested  by
               Licensee,  EDS will provide Licensee with assistance in resolving
               any  nonperformance  resulting  from such causes as an Additional
               Service pursuant to Section 3.4.

     (b)  Notice.  To obtain the maintenance services described
          in Section 3.3(a), Licensee must provide EDS with the
          following during the Maintenance Service Term and any
          Extension Period: (i) written notice to the maintenance
          service address set forth on Schedule 9.3 of the
          operating problem which includes the information
          described in this Section 3.3(b) or notice by telephone
          to the maintenance service telephone number set forth on
          Schedule 9.3 of the information described in this Section
          3.3(b) which information is documented in a written
          notice delivered to the maintenance service address by
          facsimile transmission or overnight mail within 24 hours
          after the telephone notice was given, (ii) a detailed
          description of the failure to perform substantially in
          accordance with the Documentation, (iii) a detailed
          description of the operating conditions, including the
          specific hardware/software configuration, under which
          such failure to perform occurred, and (iv) a
          representative sample of inputs and outputs for
          replicating and analyzing such failure to perform.

     (c)  New Releases.  From time to time, EDS may make updates,
          improvements or changes to the Licensed Program in
          separate releases to the Licensed Program which are
          designed to enhance operating performance without
          changing the basic functions of the Licensed Program.
          During the Maintenance Service Term and any Extension
          Period and in consideration of the Maintenance Service
          Fee, EDS will make all new releases available to Licensee
          which are generally made available to EDS 1, other
          licensees of the Licensed Program and will provide
          revisions to the Documentation necessary to reflect the
          updates, improvements or changes included in such new
          releases. EDS may discontinue maintenance services as
          described in Section 3.3(a) for a prior release of the
          Licensed Program replaced by a new release one hundred
          eighty (180) days after the date such new release is
          first made available. EDS will provide to Licensee
          maintenance services as described in Section 3.3(a) for
          prior releases of the Licensed Program which Licensee
          elects to continue to use as an Additional Service
          pursuant to Section 3.4, so long as Licensee continues to
          pay for and receive maintenance services for the most
          current release of the Licensed Program in anticipation
          of eventually using the most current release.

     (d)  Requested   Changes.   Any   changes  to  the   Licensed   Program  or
          Documentation requested by Licensee which EDS, in its sole discretion,
          has not or does not  intend  to make  part of a new  release  would be
          provided  as  an  Additional  Service  pursuant  to  Section  3.4.-3.4
          Additional  Services.  Licensee may from time to time request that EDS
          provide




<PAGE>



          support  or  services  which  are  beyond  the  scope or amount of the
          support or services provided  pursuant to this Agreement  ("Additional
          Services").  Any requested Additional Services will be provided by EDS
          to Licensee on such terms as are mutually  agreed upon by Licensee and
          EDS and  documented  in  writing,  including  without  limitation  the
          description of the Additional Services to be provided, the price to be
          paid, and any other appropriate terms and conditions.


                        ARTICLE IV - WARRANTY

4.1  Rights in Licensed  Program.  EDS hereby  represents and warrants that from
     the  Effective  Date until the  expiration  of the License  Term it has all
     rights,  title,  ownership  interest and/or  marketing  rights necessary to
     grant the rights and license to Licensee set forth herein.

4.2  Nonperformance  of  Licensed  Program.  EDS  further  warrants  that on the
     Delivery  Date  the  Licensed   Program  shall  be  capable  of  performing
     substantially in accordance with the  Documentation.  EDS shall resolve any
     failure of the Licensed Program to perform substantially in accordance with
     the Documentation pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 3.3.

4.3  Limitation on warranty.  EDS does not warrant that the
     functions contained in the Licensed Program will meet
     Licensee's requirements or that the operation of the Licensed
     Program will be uninterrupted or error free.  Further, EDS
     shall have no responsibility with respect to Licensee's data
     files.  The remedies of Licensee set forth in Sections 3.3(a)
     and in Section 8.1 shall be exclusive and EDS' liability for
     all matters relating to the warranties set forth in this
     Article IV shall be limited as provided in Sections 3.3(a),
     8.1 and 8.2.

4.4  No Other Warranties.  THE WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS ARTICLE
     IV ARE LIMITED WARRANTIES AND ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES MADE BY
     EDS.  EDS MAKES AND LICENSEE RECEIVES NO OTHER WARRANTY
     EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
     OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE
     STATED EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL LIABILITIES OR
     OBLIGATIONS OF EDS FOR DAMAGES  ARISING OUT OF OR IN
     CONNECTION WITH THE DELIVERY, USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE
     LICENSED PROGRAM.


                  ARTICLE V - PAYMENTS TO EDS

5.1  License  Fee.  Licensee  shall  pay to EDS for  the  grant  of the  license
     pursuant to Section 1.1 hereunder a license fee in the amount  indicated on
     Schedule 5.1 ("License Feel') payable as follows:

     (a)  Licensee shall pay to EDS one-half of the License Fee on
          the Delivery Date, and

     (b)  Licensee  shall  pay  to  EDS  one-half  of  the  License  Fee  on the
          Installation Date.

5.2  Maintenance Service Fee.





<PAGE>



     (a)  Amount of Fee.  For each year during the Maintenance
          Service Term and any Extension Period, Licensee shall pay
          to EDS for the maintenance services provided pursuant to
          Section 3.3 the applicable annual maintenance service fee
          ("Maintenance Service Fee") at the time for payment
          indicated in Section 5.2(b).  The applicable Maintenance
          Service Fee shall be determined in accordance with the
          following procedures:

          (i)  Fee for First  Year.  Subject to Section  5.3(b) the  Maintenance
               Service  Fee  applicable  for the first  year of the  Maintenance
               Service Term is indicated on Schedule 5.1.

          (ii) Fee  for  Subsequent  Years.   Subject  to  Section  5.3(b),  the
               Maintenance Service Fee applicable for the remaining years of the
               Maintenance  Service Term and any Extension  Periods shall be the
               lesser  of:  (x)  the  amount  of  the  Maintenance  Service  Fee
               indicated on EDS' License and Maintenance Service Fee Schedule in
               effect on the  Maintenance  Service Fee Date for the then current
               year for the Designated Equipment in use on such date, or (y) the
               sum of the amount of the Maintenance Service Fee indicated on EDS
               License and  Maintenance  Service  Fee  Schedule in effect on the
               Maintenance   Service  Fee  Date  for  the  prior  year  for  the
               Designated  Equipment in use on the Maintenance  Service Fee Date
               for the then current year, plus 10% of such amount.

          The License  and  Maintenance  Service  Fee  Schedule in effect on the
          Effective  Date is attached to this  Agreement  as Schedule  5.2.  The
          License  and  Maintenance  Service  Fee  Schedule  may be  amended  or
          replaced  by a new  schedule  from  time to  time  by EDS in its  sole
          discretion,  which new  schedule  shall be deemed to amend and replace
          the License and Maintenance  Service Fee Schedule attached as Schedule
          5.2. The new  schedule  shall be provided to Licensee at least 45 days
          before the day the new rates are effective.

     (b)  Payment  of Fee.  Licensee  shall  pay the  first  annual  Maintenance
          Service Fee on the first Maintenance  Service Fee Date, and subsequent
          annual  Maintenance  Service  Fees  shall  be  paid  each  year on the
          anniversary  of the first  Maintenance  Service  Fee Date  (each  such
          anniversary is also referred to herein as a  "Maintenance  Service Fee
          Date").

5.3  Upgrade in Designated Equipment.

     (a)  Upgrade Fee.  If during the License Term Licensee
          upgrades the Designated Equipment to increase its
          processing capacity or replaces the Designated Equipment
          with different equipment which has greater processing
          capacity than the Designated Equipment, Licensee shall
          pay to EDS on or before the upgrade or replacement of the
          Designated Equipment occurs an upgrade fee ("Upgrade
          Fee") in an amount equal to the difference resulting when
          the amount of the License Fee paid by Licensee is
          subtracted from the amount of the then current licensee
          fee applicable to the upgraded or replaced Designated




<PAGE>



          Equipment as indicated  on EDS'  License and  Maintenance  Service Fee
          Schedule then in effect. The following  illustrates the calculation of
          the Upgrade Fee:

          Then Current License
          Fee Applicable to
          Upgraded or Replaced    -    Amount of     =    Upgrade
          Designated Equipment         License Fee        Fee
          Per Schedule 5.2             Paid

          As provided in Section  5.2, the License and  Maintenance  Service Fee
          Schedule in effect on the Effective Date is attached to this Agreement
          as Schedule  5.2,  and may be amended  from time to time by EDS in its
          sole discretion.

     (b)  Change in Maintenance Service Fee.  If the upgrade or
          replacement of the Designated Equipment occurs on or
          before the first Maintenance Service Fee Date, Licensee
          shall pay on such date the Maintenance Service Fee
          applicable for the upgraded or replaced Designated
          Equipment as indicated on EDS' License and Maintenance
          Service Fee Schedule in effect on the first Maintenance
          Service Fee Date. If the upgrade or replacement of the
          Designated Equipment occurs at any time after the first
          Maintenance Service Fee Date, Licensee shall pay on the
          next Maintenance Service Fee Date occurring on or after
          the upgrade or replacement of the Designated Equipment,
          the sum of (i) an amount equal to: the difference between
          the amount of the Maintenance Service Fee paid on the
          immediately previous maintenance Service Fee Date and the
          Maintenance Service Fee applicable for the upgraded or
          replaced Designated Equipment as indicated on EDS'
          License and Maintenance Service Fee Schedule in effect at
          the time the upgrade or replacement of the Designated
          Equipment occurs, multiplied by the number of months
          which would occur from the time the upgrade or
          replacement until the next Maintenance Service Fee Date,
          and divided by 12, as illustrated in the following
          formula:

                                                      Months from
Then Current Maintenance                              upgrade to
Service Fee Applicable      Maintenance Service       Maintenance
to Upgraded/Replaced    -   Fee Paid             X    Service Fee
Designated Equipment        Previously                Date
Per Schedule 5.2                                           12

     =    Change Amount

          plus (ii) the  Maintenance  Service Fee applicable for the upgraded or
          replaced  Designated   Equipment  as  determined  in  accordance  with
          Sections 5.2(a)(i) and (ii). Subsequent Maintenance Service Fees shall
          be determined in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(ii).

5.4  Customization Charge.  In addition to the other fees described
     in Article 5, Licensee shall pay to EDS a monthly charge
     ("Customization Charge") of $12,000 per Person-Month (as
     defined herein) for the services performed by EDS pursuant to
     Section 3.1(a).  For the purposes of this Section 5.4, the
     term "Person-Month" shall mean one person provided for that
     number of working days which occur during the applicable
     month.  The Customization Charge for any partial month shall




<PAGE>



     be prorated on a per them basis.

5.5  Out-of-Pocket Expenses.  In addition to the other fees
     described in Article 5, Licensee shall pay, or reimburse EDS
     for, the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by EDS
     with the approval of Licensee, including but not limited to,
     the travel, meals and lodging expenses incurred by EDS
     personnel performing the installation assistance, training,
     maintenance service and any Additional Services described in
     this Agreement.

5.6  Time for Payment.  Except as otherwise provided herein, any
     sum due EDS hereunder shall be due and payable within thirty
     days after receipt by Licensee of an invoice from EDS.  Any
     sum due EDS hereunder that is not paid to EDS within thirty
     calendar days after its due date shall thereafter bear
     interest until paid at the lesser of (i) two percent per annum
     more than the prime rate established from time to time by
     Citibank N.A., New York, or (ii) the maximum rate of interest
     allowed by applicable law.

5.7  Taxes.  There will be added to any charges hereunder, and
     Licensee shall pay to EDS, all taxes, assessments, duties,
     permits and fees, however designated or levied, which are
     based upon any charges under this Agreement, or upon this
     Agreement or the Licensed Program, services or materials
     provided hereunder, or their use, including without limitation
     state and local privilege or excise taxes based on gross
     revenue, sales and use taxes, and any taxes or amounts in lieu
     thereof paid or payable by EDS in respect of the foregoing,
     but excluding franchise taxes and taxes based on the net
     income of EDS.


                     ARTICLE VI - ARBITRATION

6.1  Arbitration.  In the event that the  parties  are not able to  resolve  any
     dispute or controversy through informal  discussions,  the parties agree as
     follows:

     (a)  Procedures.  All disputes and controversies between the
          parties of every kind and nature, including but not
          limited to, those arising under or in connection with
          this Agreement, including the creation, validity
          interpretation, breach or termination of the License
          Term, Maintenance Service Term or any Extension Period,
          shall be submitted to arbitration using the following
          procedure:

          (i)  Either  party may demand  arbitration  in  writing,  stating  the
               nature of the controversy  and naming the arbitrator  selected by
               it.

         (ii)  Within thirty days after such demand, the other
               party shall name its arbitrator, and the two named
               arbitrators shall, within sixty days thereafter,
               select the third arbitrator to serve on the
               arbitration panel. The two arbitrators named by the
               parties may have prior relationships with the
               naming party, which in a judicial setting would be
               considered a conflict of interest.  The third
               arbitrator, selected by the first two, should be a
               neutral participant, with no prior working




<PAGE>



               relationship with either party.

        (iii)  The arbitration  shall be governed by the Commercial  Arbitration
               Rules of the American Arbitration
               Association.

         (iv)  The arbitration shall be conducted in Dallas, Texas.

          (v)  Each party  shall bear its own  arbitration  costs and  expenses;
               provided,  however,  the arbitrators may modify the allocation of
               fees,  costs  and  expenses  in the  award in those  cases  where
               fairness  dictates  other than an equal  allocation  between  the
               parties.

         (vi)  The  arbitrators  shall allow such discovery as is appropriate to
               the purposes of arbitration  in  accomplishing  fair,  speedy and
               cost  effective  resolution of disputes.  The  arbitrators  shall
               reference  the rules of evidence  of the  Federal  Rules of Civil
               Procedure  then  in  effect   insetting  the  direction  of  such
               discovery.

        (vii)  The award shall be final and binding on the parties, and judgment
               on the  award  may be  entered  in and  enforced  by any court of
               competent jurisdiction.

     (b)  Exclusive Remedy.  Other than those matters involving
          injunctive relief as a remedy, or any action necessary to
          enforce the award of the arbitrators, the parties agree
          that the provisions of this Section 6.1 are a complete
          defense to any suit, action or other proceeding
          instituted in any court or before any administrative
          tribunal with respect to any dispute or controversy
          arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.  The
          provisions of this Section 6.1 will survive termination
          of the License Term, the Maintenance Service Term and any
          Extension Period. Nothing in this Section prevents the
          parties from exercising their rights to terminate the
          License Term, the Maintenance Service Term or any
          Extension Period as specified in this Agreement.

     (c)  Continued Performance.  Unless EDS is bringing an action
          under this Section for nonpayment by Licensee, EDS shall
          continue to provide services, if applicable, under this
          Agreement during the arbitration proceedings and Licensee
          shall continue to make payments to EDS in accordance with
          this Agreement. Any disputed payments shall be paid into
          an interest-bearing escrow account, structured by
          agreement of the parties, or as ordered by the
          arbitrators if agreement can not be reached, for
          distribution in accordance with the arbitrators' award.
          If a disputed payment is paid into an escrow account on
          or before its due date, the interest accruing on the
          escrow account shall be paid to the party to whom the
          arbitrators award the disputed amount.


                   ARTICLE VII - TERMINATION

7.1  Termination  for Cause. If either party hereto  materially  defaults in the
     performance of any of its obligations




<PAGE>



     hereunder (other than a payment  obligation) and if such default  continues
     for more than thirty (30) days after written notice  specifying the default
     is given to the defaulting  party,  then the other party may, by giving the
     defaulting party written notice thereof,  terminate the License Term and/or
     the Maintenance Service Term or any Extension Period as of a date specified
     in such notice of termination.

7.2  Termination for Adverse Change in Business.  If (i) Licensee
     ceases to carry on its business, (ii) a receiver or similar
     officer is appointed for Licensee, (iii) Licensee makes an
     assignment for the benefit of, or a composition with, its
     creditors, or another arrangement of similar import, or (iv)
     if proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency law are
     commenced by or against Licensee, then in such event EDS may,
     by giving Licensee written notice thereof, terminate the
     License Term and/or the Maintenance Service Term or any
     Extension Period as of a date specified in such notice of
     termination.

7.3  Termination for Nonpayment.

     (a)  License Fees. In the event  Licensee  defaults in the payment when due
          of the License Fee or the  Upgrade Fee due to EDS  hereunder  and does
          not cure such  default  within  fifteen  (15) days after  being  given
          written notice of such default, then EDS may, by giving written notice
          thereof to Licensee, terminate the License Term as of a date specified
          in such notice of termination.

     (b)  Maintenance Service and Other Fees.  In the event
          Licensee defaults in the payment when due of any
          Maintenance Service Fee or any other amount due to EDS
          hereunder and does not cure such default within fifteen
          (15) days after being given written notice of such
          default, then EDS may, by giving written notice thereof
          to Licensee, terminate the Maintenance Service Term or
          any Extension Period as of a date specified in such
          notice of termination.

7.4  Rights Upon Termination.  Upon termination of the License Term
     for any reason, then, in addition to any other rights which
     either party may have, Licensee shall promptly return to EDS
     all copies of the Licensed Program and the Documentation in
     Licensee's possession and completely erase the Licensed
     Program and all elements thereof from the Designated Equipment
     and any other computer system of Licensee and upon EDS'
     request, shall execute and deliver to EDS a written
     certification that Licensee has complied with the provisions
     of this Section and no longer retains any material relating to
     the Licensed Program or the Documentation.


     ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION, REMEDIES AND LIABILITY

8.1  Infringement Indemnity.

     (a)  Defense of Claim.  EDS will defend any action brought against Licensee
          to the extent that such  action is based on a claim that the  Licensed
          Program or Documentation  used within the scope of the license granted
          herein, in whole or in part infringes (i) a copyright  perfected under
          United States statute, (ii) a patent granted under




<PAGE>



          United States law, or (iii) constitutes an unlawful disclosure, use or
          misappropriation  of another  party's trade secret.  EDS will bear the
          expense  of such  defense  and pay any  costs  and  damages  which are
          finally  awarded as a result of such  claim,  provided  that  Licensee
          notifies EDS promptly in writing of the claim and that Licensee allows
          EDS to fully direct the defense or settlement of such claim. EDS shall
          not be responsible  for any settlement or compromise  made without its
          consent.

     (b)  Continued Right to Use.  Should the Licensed Program or
          the Documentation become, or in EDS' opinion be likely to
          become, the subject of a claim of infringement of a
          copyright or patent, EDS will attempt to procure for
          Licensee the right to continue using the Licensed Program
          or Documentation, or replace or modify the Licensed
          Program or Documentation to make its use hereunder
          non-infringing.  If with respect to the Licensed Program
          neither option is reasonably available in EDS' judgment,
          (i) Licensee shall return the Licensed Program and the
          Documentation to EDS, and (ii) the License Term, the
          Maintenance Service Term and any Extension Period and all
          of the rights granted hereunder shall terminate.

     (c)  Infringement Caused by Licensee.  EDS shall have no
          liability to Licensee under this Section 8.1 or under any
          other provision of this Agreement, if any claim of
          infringement is based upon the use of the Licensed
          Program or Documentation delivered hereunder in
          combination with equipment, devices or software not
          supplied by EDS, the use of the Licensed Program in an
          application or environment for which it was not designed
          or was not contemplated under this Agreement, or the
          modification of the Licensed Program by anyone other than
          EDS or its employees or agents. Further, Licensee shall
          indemnify and hold EDS harmless from any liability, loss,
          claim or damage to persons or property arising out of
          Licensee's possession, operation, use or modification of
          the Licensed Program or arising out of the fault or
          negligence of Licensee, its employees or agents, and
          shall indemnify EDS from any expense or cost incurred if
          any such claims are made.

     (d)  Entire  Obligation.  This Section 8.1 states EDS' entire obligation to
          Licensee regarding infringement.

8.2  Remedies and Limit of Liability.  For all claims relating to
     this Agreement, whether in contract or in tort, Licensee's
     exclusive remedy  shall be (i) for a breach of any warranty,
     the correction of such breach at no charge to Licensee as
     described in Section 4.3, and (ii) for any other claim,
     including a claim of a failure to correct a breach of
     warranty, the recovery of Licensee's actual, direct damages up
     to, in  the aggregate, an amount equal to the total amount of
     all fees paid to EDS by Licensee under this Agreement.  This
     limitation will apply regardless of the form of action,
     whether in contract or in tort, including negligence.  EDS
     shall have no liability for any punitive, indirect or
     consequential damages, including lost profits, lost income or
     lost savings, or for any claim against Licensee by any other
     party [except as provided in Section 8.1(a)].  Further,
     neither party may assert any cause of action against the other




<PAGE>



     party which  accrued  more than two (2) years prior to the filing of a suit
     alleging such cause of action.  The  limitations  described in this Section
     8.2 will not apply to the  payment  of costs  and  damages  referred  to in
     Section 8.1(a).

8.3  Acknowledgement.  The parties acknowledge that each of the
     provisions of this Agreement including the fees for the
     license and services were based in part on the limitations
     contained in Section 8.2 and that each party fully understands
     and accepts the obligations and limitations described in this
     Agreement. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the
     obligations and limitations described in Section 8.2 shall
     survive the termination of the License Term, the Maintenance
     Service Term and any Extension Period.


                    ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS

9.1  Other Confidential Information.  In addition to the provisions
     of Section 1.5, each party shall use the same means as it uses
     to protect its own confidential information, but in any event
     not less than reasonable means, to  prevent the disclosure and
     to protect the confidentiality of both (i) written information
     received from the other party which is marked or identified as
     confidential; and (ii) oral or visual information identified
     as confidential at the time of disclosure. The information
     described in the preceding sentence at (i) and (ii) shall be
     referred to in this Agreement as "Confidential Information".
     Each party shall use Confidential Information received from
     the other party only in connection with the purposes of this
     Agreement. The foregoing shall not prevent either party from
     disclosing Confidential Information which belongs to such
     party or is (i) already known by the recipient party without
     an obligation of confidentiality; (ii) publicly known or
     becomes publicly known through no unauthorized act of the
     recipient party; (iii) rightfully received from a third party;
     (iv) independently developed by the recipient party without
     use of the other party's Confidential Information; (v)
     disclosed without similar restrictions to a third party by the
     party owning the Confidential Information; (vi) approved by
     the other party for disclosure; or (vii) required to be
     disclosed pursuant to a requirement of a governmental agency
     or law so long as the disclosing party provides the other
     party with notice of such requirement prior to any such
     disclosure.  The provisions of this Section 9.1 will survive
     the expiration or termination of the Maintenance Service Term,
     or if extended, the last Extension Period, for a period of
     three years.

 9.2 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and their
     successors  and assigns,  but Licensee may not assign this Agreement or the
     license  granted  pursuant  to this  Agreement  without  the prior  written
     consent of EDS,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  The
     parties  acknowledge  and  agree  that  the  following  includes,   without
     limitation,  circumstances  in  which it  shall  be  reasonable  for EDS to
     withhold  its consent to the proposed  assignment  of this  Agreement:  the
     proposed  assignment  to a  competitor  of EDS or to an  entity  which is a
     higher credit risk than Licensee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  EDS will
     have the right to  subcontract  portions of the services to be performed by
     it pursuant hereto; provided, however, no such subcontract will




<PAGE>



     relieve EDS of any of its obligations hereunder.

9.3  Notice.  Wherever under this Agreement one party is required
     to give notice to the other, such notice shall be deemed given
     if actually delivered or on the third day after mailing, if
     mailed by United States mail, first-class, postage prepaid,
     and addressed as provided on Schedule 9.3. Either party may at
     any time change its address for notification purposes by
     mailing a notice stating the change and setting forth the new
     address.

9.4  Headings.  The article and section  headings and the table of contents used
     herein are for reference and convenience  only and shall not enter into the
     interpretation hereof.

9.5  Relationship  of Parties.  EDS, in  furnishing  services  to  Licensee,  is
     providing  services  only  as  an  independent  contractor.  EDS  does  not
     undertake  by this  Agreement or  otherwise  to perform any  obligation  of
     Licensee, whether regulatory or contractual.

9.6  Force Majeure.  Each party hereto shall be excused from
     performance hereunder (other than the performance of payment
     obligations) for any period and to the extent that it is
     prevented from performing pursuant hereto, in whole or in
     part, as a result of delays caused by the other party or an
     act of God, war, civil disturbance, court order, labor
     dispute, third party nonperformance, or other cause beyond its
     reasonable control, including failures, fluctuations or
     non-availability of electrical power, heat, light, air
     conditioning or telecommunications equipment, and such
     nonperformance shall not be a default hereunder nor a  ground
     for termination of the License Term, Maintenance Service Term
     or any Extension Period.

9.7  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is declared
     or found to be illegal, unenforceable or void (other than a
     provision relating to a payment obligation) then both parties
     shall be relieved of all obligations  arising under such
     provision, but if the remainder of this Agreement shall not be
     affected by such declaration or finding, then each provision
     not so affected shall be enforced to the extent permitted by
     law.

9.8  Attorneys' Fee.  If any legal action or other proceeding is
     brought for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of
     an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in
     connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the
     prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable
     attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in that action or
     proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it may be
     entitled.

9.9  Media Releases.  All media releases, public announcements and
     public disclosures by Licensee or its employees or agents
     relating to this Agreement or its subject matter, including
     without limitation promotional or marketing material, but not
     including any announcement intended solely for internal
     distribution at Licensee or any disclosure required by legal,
     accounting or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable
     control of Licensee, shall be coordinated with and approved by
     EDS in writing prior to the release thereof, which approval
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.




<PAGE>



9.10 No Third Party Beneficiary. Nothing in this Agreement may be relied upon or
     shall benefit any party other than the parties hereto.

9.11 Waiver.  No delay or omission by either  party hereto to exercise any right
     or power accruing upon any noncompliance or default by the other party with
     respect to any of the terms of this  Agreement  shall impair any such right
     or power or be construed to be a waiver thereof.  A waiver by either of the
     parties  hereto of any of the  covenants,  conditions,  or agreements to be
     performed  by the  other  shall  not be  construed  to be a  waiver  of any
     succeeding breach thereof or of any other covenant,  condition or agreement
     herein contained.

9.12 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement between
     the  parties  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof.  There are no
     understandings or agreements  relative hereto which are not fully expressed
     herein  and,  except as provided  herein,  no change,  waiver or  discharge
     hereof shall be valid  unless in writing and executed by the party  against
     whom such change, waiver or discharge is sought to be enforced.

9.13 Governing  Law.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE  GOVERNED  BY AND  CONSTRUED  IN
     ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS,  OTHER THAN CHOICE OF LAW RULES, OF THE STATE OF
     TEXAS. IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  EDS and Licensee have caused this Agreement to
     be signed by their  duly  authorized  representatives  as of the  Effective
     Date.

ELECTRONIC DATA SYSTEMS          MATRIX TELECOM
CORPORATION


By: /s/ BOB A. MCCLESKEY         By: /s/ DENNIS L. MIGA
- --------------------------       -------------------------------
        Bob A. McCleskey                 Dennis L. Miga
        Regional Vice President          Managing Partner






<PAGE>




             AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO IXplus LICENSE AGREEMENT
                                  BETWEEN
                    ELECTRONIC DATA SYSTEMS CORPORATION
                                    AND
                              MATRIX TELECOM


     THIS  AMENDMENT  NUMBER ONE,  dated as of the 1st day of October,  1992, is
between  Electronic  Data  Systems   Corporation   ("EDS")  and  MATRIX  Telecom
("Licensee"),  and is an  amendment  of that certain  IXplus  License  Agreement
between EDS and Licensee dated as of April 23, 1991 (the "Agreement").

     For and in  consideration  of the mutual  agreements of the parties  herein
contained and other good and  sufficient  consideration  the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, EDS and Licensee agree as follows:

1.   Effective  as of the date of the  Agreement  and at no  additional  cost to
     Licensee,  Section  1.1(a)  of the  Agreement  is  amended  to  read in its
     entirety as follows:

     "to use (as provided in this Article I) on the equipment designated by type
     and model on Schedule 1.1 hereto (the  "Designated  Equipment")  and at the
     location  designated  on Schedule  1.1 hereto (the  "Designated  Location")
     multiple  copies,  in object and  source  code  form,  of EDS'  proprietary
     computer  software  program known as the IXplus  software,  which  software
     program is more  specifically  described  on  Schedule  1.1 (such  program,
     including all new releases and modification made thereto which are provided
     to  Licensee  pursuant  to this  Agreement  is  referred  to  herein as the
     "Licensed Program"); and"

2.   Effective as of the date of this Amendment, Section 5.2 of the Agreement is
     amended to read in its entirety as follows:

     "Maintenance Service Fee. For each year during the Maintenance Service Term
     and any  Extension  Period,  Licensee  shall  pay to EDS for the  right  to
     receive new  releases to the  Licensed  Program  pursuant to Section 3.3, a
     maintenance  service  fee  ("Maintenance  Service  Fee") equal to the total
     aggregate  number of billable  messages  processed by Licensee  each month,
     multiplied by $.00075 per Billable Message. A "Billable Message" shall mean
     any group of data which represents the statistical  nature of a single long
     distance  telephone call for the purpose of billing  and/or  reporting such
     telephone  calls on  behalf of the  company  providing  such long  distance
     telephone  service to its  customers,  and can be  identified  with a valid
     customer account, rated, taxed and presented to a customer for payment. The
     monthly  Maintenance  Service Fee to be paid by Licensee  shall be adjusted
     bi-annually based on Licensee's highest Billable Message volume for any one
     month during the prior six-month period, multiplied by $.00075 per Billable
     Message.  At the end of each six month period,  Licensee  shall provide EDS
     with the actual number of Billable  Messages  processed by Licensee  during
     such period.  Any  overpayment or  underpayment  of the actual  Maintenance
     Service  Fee during  any such  six-month  period  will be  reflected  as an
     adjustment on the next monthly  invoice  payable by Licensee to EDS. During
     the Maintenance  Service Term, Licensee shall provide EDS with such reports
     and




<PAGE>



     information  as EDS  reasonably  requests for the purpose of verifying  the
     number of  Billable  Messages  processed  by  Licensee,  including  but not
     limited to, a monthly rating summary report of all Billable  Messages rated
     through Licensee's system."

3.   Effective  as of the date of the  Agreement,  Section 5.3 of the  Agreement
     shall be deleted in its entirety.  Furthermore, the parties acknowledge and
     agree that the waiver of the Upgrade Fee shall apply to Licensee's  current
     use of the AS/400 equipment, Models E10, D35 and E50.

4.   Effective as of the date of this Amendment,  a new Section 1.11 is added to
     the Agreement as follows:

     "Licensee's Purchase Obligations.  Licensee shall purchase its requirements
     for any  upgrades,  replacements  and/or  additional  IBM AS/400  equipment
     through EDS. Upon  notification  from Licensee of its IBM equipment  needs,
     EDS will use commercially  reasonable  efforts to cause IBM to provide such
     equipment to EDS on behalf of Licensee.  Any IBM equipment purchased by EDS
     on behalf of Licensee  will be offered to Licensee at a price equal to EDS'
     then current cost for such equipment, plus 10%."

5.   Pursuant to Section 1.4(a),  EDS and Licensee hereby  acknowledge and agree
     that,  in addition to  operation  by  Licensee's  employees,  the  Licensed
     Program shall be operated by EDS acting on behalf of Licensee.

6.   The Agreement is hereby  amended by deleting the  Designated  Equipment and
     Designated Location Sections of Schedule 1.1 and substituting  therefor the
     Designated Equipment and Designated Located Sections set forth on Exhibit A
     attached to this
     Amendment.

     Except as expressly  provided by this Amendment,  the Agreement  remains in
full  force and effect and except as  expressly  amended by this  Agreement  the
Agreement remains unchanged.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  EDS and Licensee  have  executed and  delivered  this
Amendment to be effective as of the date set forth above.

ELECTRONIC DATA SYSTEMS
CORPORATION


By: /s/ ROY A. FREDERICKSON
- ---------------------------
Regional Vice President


MATRIX TELECOM


By: /s/ CHARLES G. TAYLOR, JR.
- ------------------------------
General Partner








<PAGE>




                                   EXHIBIT 21

                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

             Name                               Jurisdiction of Incorporation
   ------------------------                     -----------------------------

      Matrix Telecom, Inc.                                 Texas
      Hi, Tiger, Inc.                                      Utah
      Silicon Beach Communications, Inc.                   California
      Westnet Communications, Inc.                         California
      The Friendly Net, LLC                                Utah
      New Best Connections, Inc.                           Texas
      AvTel Holdings, Inc.                                 California









<PAGE>



                                 EXHIBIT 23







Independent Auditors' Consent



The Board of Directors
AvTel Communications, Inc.


We consent to  incorporation  by reference in the  Registration  Statement  (No.
333-30725) on Form S-8 of AvTel  Communications,  Inc. of our report dated March
24, 1998, relating to the consolidated  balance sheets of AvTel  Communications,
Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1997 and  1996,  and the  related
consolidated statements of operations,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows and
related schedule,  for each of the years in the three-year period ended December
31,  1997,  which  report  appears  in the  annual  report on Form 10-K of AvTel
Communications, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.



/s/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP

KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP



Dallas, Texas
April 10, 1998









<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     THIS SCHEDULE  CONTAINS SUMMARY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED FROM THE
BALANCE OF AVTEL  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC. AS OF DECEMBER  31, 1997 AND THE RELATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR THEN ENDED AND IS QUALIFIED
IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                           4807
<SECURITIES>                                        0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    7944
<ALLOWANCES>                                      982
<INVENTORY>                                         0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                15358
<PP&E>                                           4681
<DEPRECIATION>                                   2889
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  18725
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            9787
<BONDS>                                             0
                               2
                                         0
<COMMON>                                          111
<OTHER-SE>                                       7696
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    18725
<SALES>                                         51389
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                51389
<CGS>                                           36228
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   36228
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                25920
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 12
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (10468)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     (276)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                 0
<DISCONTINUED>                                      0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                     0
<CHANGES>                                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (10191)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (1.23)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                       0
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission